Five hundred unknown glosses from the Palatine Virgil 8821006352, 9788821006357

Citation preview

STUDI E E TESTI TESTI STUDI 343 343

MICHAEL McCORMICK McCORMICK

FIVE HUNDRED UNKNOWN GLOSSES FROM VIRGIL FROM THE THE PALATINE PALATINE VΙRGIL

FIVE HUNDRED UNKNOWN GLOSSES

lat.

(The Library, MS. MS. Pal. Pal. lat. 1631) (The Vatican Vatican Library, 1631)

CITTÀ DEL VATICANO VATICANO CITTA DEL BIBLIOTECA APOSTOLICA VATICANA 1992

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

STUDI E TESTI

STUDI E TESTI Blum, R. R. La La biblioteca biblioteca della della Badia Badia Fiorentina Fiorentina ee Incisa della della Roechetta, Vian, N. Ν. IlIl primo primo 191. Incisa Rocchetta, G. G. -- Vian, 155. Blum, codici di di Antonio processo per per S. S. Filippo Filippo Neri. Neri. Vol. Vol. 1. I. Testimoii codici Antonio CorbineHi. Corbinelli. 1951. 1951. pp. pp. XII, XII, processo Testimo190. nianze dell'inchiesta dell'inchiesta romana: ... 1957. 190. nianze romana: 1595 1595... 1957. pp. XXVII, XXVII, 419. 419. pp. Clan, V. V. Un illustre nunzio nunzio pontificio del RinaRina156. Clan, Un illustre pontificio del 192 , Van Lantsehoot, A. A. Les Les «Questions e Questions de scimento: Baldassar Baldassar Castiglione. de ThéodoThéodoVan Lantschoot, scimento: Castiglione. 1951. 1951. pp. pp. XI, XI, 192. re s ... 1957. 340. re»... 1957. pp. pp. VIII, VIII, 303. 303. 340. Patzes, M. τoú FlaxÇfj KpiToO xoO Πατζ~~Tucoûxeixoç. Τ~πο~χε~Τoς. LiLíM. KpixoO Dall'Archivio Vaticano Mercati, A. A. Dall'Archivio ... 1951. 157. Mercati, Vaticano... 1951. 193. Patzes, brorum LX brorum LX Basilicorum Basilicorum Summarium. Summarium. Libros Libros pp. 119. pp. VI. 1 t. 119. XLIX-LX edid. St. Hoermann et E. Seidl... XLIX-LX edid. St. Hoermann et E. Seidl... Mercati, G. G. Alla ricerca dei nomi degli degli«altri» 'altri dei nomi 158. Mercati. Alla ricerca 1957.pp. pp. XII. XII, 351. 351. 1957. traduttori nelle sui Salmi Salmi di di s. s. Giovanni traduttori nelle Omilie Omilie sui Giovanni Rouet de de Journel, Journel, M. Nonciatures de de Russie. Russie. 194. Rouët M. J.J. Nonciatures Crisostomo ee variazioni alcune catene del Crisostomo variazioni su su alcune catene del Vol. V: Interim de Benvenuti, Benvenuti, 1799-1803... 1799-1803... Vol. V: Interim de Salterio. 1952. 1952.pp. pp. Vili, VIII, 248, 248, 10 10 tav. tas. Salterio. 1957. pp. XL, 471. 1957. pp. XL. 471. Dede Qorqut s ; racconti Rossi, E. Kitab-i Dede racconti 159. Rossi, E. I1Il s«Kitab-i Qorqut»; Petrarca, F. F. Il II «s De De otio otío religioso» religioso s... ... a a cura cura di di 195. Petrarca, epico -cavallereschi dei dei turchi turchi Oguz Oguz tradotti tradotti ee epico-cavallereschi G. Rotondi Rotondi. . .. 1958. 1958. pp. pp. XV, XV, 113. G. 113. annotati con con «facsimile» facsimile s del annotati del ms. ms. Vat. Vat. turco turco Incisa della Rocehetta, G. Vian, Ν. II primo 196. Incisa della Rocchetta, G. Vian, N. Il primo 102. 1952.^.2, 1952.·ρρ. 2, [364]. [364]. 102. processo per Filippo Neri. Neri. Vol. Vol. II. II. Testimoprocesso per s. s. Filippo TestimoPorfirogenito:: De Pertusi, A. Costantino Porfirogenito 160. Pertusi, A. Costantino De themathemanianze dell'inchiesta dell'inchiesta romana: romana: 1596-1609. nianze 1596-1609. 1958. 1958. tibus. 1952. pp. XV, XV, 210, 210, 33 tav. tav. tibus. 1952. pp. pp. XVI. XVI, 366. pp. 366. Rationes decimarum decimarum Italiae. Italiae. Umbria, cura di di Umbria, aa cura 161. Rationes Pratesi, A. A. Carte Carte latine di abbazie calabresi 197. Pratesi, latine di abbazie calabresi P. Sella. I. Testo. 1952. pp. [4], 916. P. Sella. I. Testo. 1952. pp. [4], 916. provenienti dall'Archivio dall'Archivio Aldobrandini... Aldobrandini ... 1958. provenienti 1958. II. Indice. Indice. Carta Carta geogr. geogr. delle diocesi. - — - II. 162. — delle diocesi. pp. LV, LV, 585. 585. pp. 1952. pp. pp. 204. 1952. 204. Cerulli, E. E. Scritti teologici etiopici dei sec. 198. Cerulli, Scritti teologici etiopici dei sec. Monneret de de Villard, Villard, U. Le leggende leggende orientali orientali 163. Monneret U. Le XVI-XVII. Voi. Vol. 1. Tre opuscoli opuscoli dei dei Mikaeliti... Mikaelití XVI-XVII. 1. Tre sui Magi Magi evangelici. evangelici. 1952. 1952. pp. pp. 262. 262. sui 1958.pp. pp. XXII, XXiI, 331. 331. 1958. Mercati, G. G. card. card. Note Note per per la storia di 164. Mercati, la storia di alcune alcune 199. Ressuli, Ressuli, N. Ν. Il II «Messale» d Messale s di Giovanni Buzuku. Buzuku. di Giovanni biblioteche romane romane nei nei secoli 1952. biblioteche secoli XVI-XIX. XVI-XIX. 1952. Riproduzione ee trascrizione... trascrizione... 1958. 1958. pp. pp. XIX, Riproduzione XIX, pp. [5], [5], 190, tas. pp. 190, 99 tav. 407. 407. Miscellanea archivistica archivistica Angelo Mercati. 1952. 1952. 165. Miscellanea Angelo Mercati. Tavole ee indici indici generali generali dei dei volumi 200. Tavole volumi 101-200 101-200ci ci pp. XXVII, XXVII, 462, 462, ant. ant. (ritr.), (ritr.), 10 tas. pp. 10 tav. « Studi ee Testi» Testi a.... 1959. «Studi 1959. pp. pp. 155. 155. 166-169. Rouët Rouet de de Journel, Journel, M. Nonciatures de de Rus166-169. M. J.J. Nonciatures Rus- 201. Devreesse, Devreesse,R. R. Les Les anciens anciens commenteurs commenteurs grecs grecs sie d'après d'après les sie les documents documents authentiques. authentiques. 19221922de l'Octateuque l'Octateuqueet et des des Rois... Rois ... 1959. XV, de 1959. pp. pp. XV, 52. volt. 52. voli. 4. 4. 208, ill. ill. 208, Maier, A. Codices Burghesiani Burghesiani Bibliothecae 170. Maier, A. Codices Bibliothecae VaVa- 202. Llorens, Llorens, J. J. M. M. Capellae Capellae Sixtinae Sixtinae codices codices musimusiticanae. 1952. pp. pp. VII, VII, 496. 496. ticanae. 1952. cis praelo eis notis notes instructi instructi sive sise manuscripti manuscripti sive sise praelo 171. Franchi de' Cavalieri, Cavalieri, P.P. Constantiniana. 1953. Franchi de' Constantiniana. 1953. excussi ... 1960. pp. XXII, excussi... 1960. pp. XXII, 555, 555, tav. tas. PP. 207, 207, [1], [1]. 203. Manzini, Manzini, L. L. M. M. Illi cardinale cardinale Luigi Luigi Lambruschini pp. Lambruschini 1960... XXVIII, 686. 172. Graf, 1960. . . pp. pp. XXVIIl, Graf, G. G. Geschichte Geschichteder der christlichen christlichen arabischen arabischen 686. Literatur, V. Bd. Bd. Register. Register. 1953. 1953. pp. pp. 1,1, 196. 196. Literatur, V. 204. Cerulli, Cerulli, E. E. Scritti Scritti teologici teologici etiopici etiopici dei dei sec. sec. XVIXVIXVII. Vol. XVII. Vol. II. II. La La storia storia dei dei Quattro Quattro Concili Concili ed ed Honigmann, E. E. Patristic Patristic Studies, 173. Honigmann, Studies, 1953. 1953. pp. pp. VII, VII, altri .. 1960. 1960. pp. altri opuscoli opuscoli moDofisiti. monofisiti ... pp. XX, XX, 246. 246. 255. 255. Incisa della della Roechetta, 205. Incisa Rocchetta, G. G. -- Vian, Vian, N.Ν. IlII primo primo Rossi, E. E. Elenco Elenco dei dei manoscritti manoscritti turchi turchi della 174. Rossi, della processo per per s. s. Filippo Filippo Neri. processo Neri. Vol. Vol. 111. III. TestimoTestimcBiblioteca Vaticana. Vaticana. 1953. 1953. pp. pp. XXII, XXII, 416. 416. Biblioteca nianze 1610. TestimoTestimo-1 nianze dell'inchiesta dell'inchiesta romana; romana: 1610. Franchi de' agiografiche, 175. Franchi de' Cavalieri, Cavalieri, P.P. Note Note agiografiche. nianze 1595-1599... 1960. 1960 . nianze «extra z extra Urbem»: Urbem a: 1595-1599... 9. 1953. pp. [5], [5], 253. Fascicolo 1953. pp. 253. Fascicolo 9. pp. pp. XVI. XVI, 458. 458. 176. The Baptism of of HíbilHibil- 206. Laurent, The Haran Haran Gawaita Gawaila and and The The Baptism M-H. Laurent, MΗ. -- Guillou, Guillou, A. A. Le Le «s Liber Liber visitatiovisitatioZiwa translation, notes notes and and commenta commentary Ziwa... ... translation, ry by by nis» d'Athanase Chalkeopoulos C halkéopoulos (1457-1458)... (1457-1458) ... niss d'Athanase E. E. S. S. Drower. Drower. 1953. 1953. pp. pp. XI, XI, 96. 96. Facs. Facs. 1960, geogr. 1960, pp. pp. LI, LI, 392, 392, tav. tav. ;; carta carta geogr. 177. Andreu, Andreu, F. F. Le Le lettere lettere di di s. s. Gaetano Gaetano da da Thiene. Thiene. 207. Silvino Silvino da da Nadro, ladro, O.F.M. O.F.M. Cap., Cap., Sinodi Sinodi diocesadiocesa1954. 1954. pp. pp. XXXIV, XXXIV, 144, 144, 33 tav. tas. nini italiani. italiani. Catalogo Catalogo bibliografico bibliografico degli degli atti atti aa 178. Mercati, (1568Mercati, A. A. II costituti di Niccolò costituti di Niccolò Franco Franco (1568stampa 1960. pp. 516. stampa (1534-1878)... (1534-1878)... 1960. pp. XII. XII, 516. 1570) l'Inquisizione didi Roma, 1570) dinanzi dinanzi l'Inquisizione Roma, esistenti esistenti Loenertz, Loenertz, R. R. J. J. Démétrius Demetrius Cydonès. Cydones. CorresponCorresponnell'Archivio Vaticano. 1955. pp. [2], [2], 208. dance, nell'Archivio Segreto Segreto Vaticano. 1955. pp. .. 1960. 1960. pp. dance, Vol. Vol.IIII. ... pp. XVl, XVI, 479. 479. 242. 242. 209. Rossi, Rossi, E. E. -- Bombaci, Bombaci, A. A. Elenco Elenco di di drammi drammi relireh179. Patzes, M. KpiToO TucoÛKeixoç LiPatzes, M. Κριτoö xoO τoú IlaxÇfj Πατζ~~Τ~πΟ~κstτος. Ligiosi giosi persiani persiani (Fondo (Fondo Mss. Mss. Vaticani Vaticani Cerulli)... Cerulli) brorum LX Basilicorum Basilicorum summarium. summarium. Libros Libros brorum LX 1961. 1961.pp. pp. LX, LX, 416. 416. XXXIX-XLVIII edid. St. Hoermann etet E. XXXIX-XLVIII edid. St. Hoermann E. 210. De De Maio, Malo, R. R. Alfonso Alfonso Carafa, Carafa, cardinale cardinale di di NapoLapo Seidl. Seidl. 1955, 1955, pp. pp. XXIV, XXIV, 287. 287. lili (1540-1565)... 1961. pp. pp. XXXII, XXXII, 348. 348. (1540-1565)... 1961. 180. Baur, C. Initia Patrum graecorum. Vol. I. ABaur, C. Initia Patrum graecorum. Vol. I. - A. 211. Follieri, Follieri, H. H. Initia Initia hymnorum hymnorum ecclesiae ecclesiae graecae. graecae. A. 1955, pp.CXIII [2], 661. 661. Α. 1955, pp. CXIII [2], Vol. . . 1960. Vol.I.I.-.- ... 1960.pp. pp. XXVIII, XXVIII, 590. 181 - - Vol. II. Μ -Ω. 1955. pp. XLVI, . II. M-D. 1955.590. pp. XLVl, 720. 720. 212 - - Vol. IIVol. H ξ ... 1961. pp. XXII, 570. 182. Gullotta, G. Gli Gullotta, G. Gliantichi antichi cataloghi cataloghi ee ii codici codici della della 213 - - Vol. I ΙΙ. Ο-Σ ... 1962. pp. XXII, 618. abbazia 1955. pp. abbazia di di Nonantola. Nonantola. 1955. pp. XXVIII, XXVIII, 539. 539. 214 - - Vol. IV. T-Y ... 1963. pp. XXil, 459. 182-bis.Ruysschaert, l'abbaye 215 182-bís.Ruysschaert, J. J. Les Les manuscrits manuscrits de de l'abbaye - - Vol. V. Pars prior Φ-Ω. Hymnographi. de 1955. pp. pp. 76. 76. de Nonantola. Nonantola. 1955. Tabulae 1966. pp. pp. XXIi, XXII, 329. 329. Tabulae...... 1966. 183. Devreesse, l'Italie 215-bis. Devreesse, R. R. Les Les manuscrits manuscrits grecs grecs de de l'Italie Vol. V. V. Pars Pars altera. 215-bis.- - Vol. altera. Index Index hagiographihagiographiméridionale. 1955. pp.67, méridionale. 1955. pp. 67, 11 tav. tas. co-liturgicus.. . . 1966. 1966. pp. co-liturgicus.... pp. XXII, XXII, 377. 377. 184. Biedl, Textgeschichte des Laertios DioBiedt, A. A. Zur Zur Textgeschichte des Laertios Dio216 Die Einbandc der Palatina 216 Schunke, Schunke, 1. I. Die Einbände der Palatina in in der der genes. 1955. pp. 132, ¡11. genes. Das Das Grosse Grosse Exzerpt Exzerpt d). Φ. 1955. pp. 132, ill. Vatikanischen BeschreiVatikanischenBibliothek. Bibliothek.Band Band LI. Be sc hrei185. Tarchniávili, M. Geschichte der kirchlichen bung. 1962. pp. X, 353, 353, CLXXX CLXXX tav. Τarchnl8 νiΙi, M. Geschichte der kirchlichen bung. 1962. pp. X, [av. georgischen Literatur. 1955. 1955. pp. pp. 540. 540. georgischen Literatur. 217 - - Band II. 1. Katalog Stamp. Pal. S. 1 186. Loenertz, J. Démétrius Cydonès, IV. 1334... 1962. pp. pp. 1-404. 1-404. Loenertz, R. R. J. Demetrius Cyd οnes, CorresponCorresponIV. 1334 ... 1962. dance. Vol. I . . . 1956. pp. XVI. 220. 218 - - Band II. 2. Katalog Stamp. Pal. V. 1 dance. Vol. I ... 1956. pp. XVI, 220. 187. Bidawld, R. J.J. Les Leser lettres patriarche nestonestoBídawid, R. lettres du du patriarche VI. 246. Sondersammlungen Sondersammlungen und HandschrifVI. 246. und Handschrifrien Timothée II".. Etude Etude critique critique... 1956, ten . . . 1962. 1962. pp. 405-913. rien Timothée ... 1956, ten... pp. 405-913. pp. XIII, 132 [48]. pp. XIII, 132 [48]. 219. Collectanea Collectanea Vaticana Vaticana in in honorem honorem Anselmi Anselmi M Μ. 188. Aly, Strabonis codice cuius Card. Vol. I.I. 1962. 1962. pp. AIy, W. W. De De Strabonis codice rescripto, rescripto, cuius Card. Albareda Albareda... ... Vol. pp. 512, 512, tav. tas. reliquiae Vaticanis Vat. gr. 2306 2306 etet 220 - - Vol. II. 1962. pp. 570, ill., tal. reliquiae iinπ codicibus codicibus Vaticanes Vat. gr. 2061 Corollarium adiecit adiecit Fr. 2061 A A servatae servatae sunt. sunt. Corollarium Fr. 221. Franchi de' Cavalieri, Cavalieri, P.P. Scritti agiografici Franchi de' Scritti agiografici Sbordone . . 1956. 1956. pp. pp. XIV, Sbordone. ... XIV, 285, 285, 36 36 tav. tas. Vol. Vol. II (1893-1900). (1893-1900) ..... 1962, 1962, pp. pp. X, X, 416 416 tav. tas. 189. Pásztor, L. -- Pirri, Pirri, P.P. L'Archivio L'Archivio dei dei Governi 222 - - Vol. II (1900-1946) ... 1962. pp. [6], 444 Ρ~szt οr, L. Governi provvisori di Bologna e delle Province Unite del tav. provvisori di Bologna e delle Province Unite del tas. 1831 1956. pp. pp. LXXX, LXXX, 635. 635. 1831... ... 1956. 223. Kiinzle, Künzle, P. P. -- Peri, Peri, V. V. -- Ruysschaert, Ruysschaert, J. J. Indici Indici 190. Santifaller, L. Quellen Quellen und Forschungen zum zum agiografici CavaSantifaller, L. und Forschungen agiografici dell'opera dell'opera di di Pio Pio Franchi Franchi de' de' CavaUrkundenund Kanzleiwesen Papst Gregors lieri 1964. Urkunden- und Kanzleiwesen Papst Gregors lieri pubblicata e Studi ee Testi»... pubblicata in trΙ «Studi Testi s ... 1964. pp. i. VII. 1957. pp. pp. XXVI, 479, 25 25 tav. tas. VII. I. I. Teil.. Teil .... 1957. XXVI, 479, pp. 209, 209, 1. ,

...

.. .

.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

STUDI E E TESTI TESTI STUDI 343 343

McCORMICK MICHAEL McCORMICK

FIVE HUNDRED UNKNOWN GLOSSES FROM VIRGIL FROM THE THE PALATINE PALATINE VΙRGIL

FIVE HUNDRED UNKNOWN GLOSSES

(Tlie Vatican Library,MS. MS. Pal. Pal. lat. (The Vatican Library, lat. 1631) 1631)

CITTÀ DEL VATICANO VATICANO CITTA

BIBLIOTECA APOSTOLICA BIBLIOTECA APOSTOLICA VATICANA 1992

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

88-210-0635-2 ISBN 88-210-0635-2 Città del Vaticano Vaticano © - Copyright 1992 by Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Città Pio XX — - Via degli Etruschi. Etruschi, 7-9-00185 7-9 - 00185 ROMA ROMA Scuola Tipografica S. Pio

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

PREFACE

glosses published were discovered discovered in in 1986 during a The glosses published here were survey of manuscripts linked linked with with Carolingian Carolingian royal royal courts, courts, itself itself survey of aa larger largerproject projectdevoted devoted to tothe theCarolingian Carolingiancourts courtsand andpatpatpart of terns of early early medieval medieval cross-cultural cross-cultural exchange. That survey survey -terns exchange. That this unanticipated unanticipated find find --was wasmade madepossible possible by by the the and therefore this generous terms Fellowship from from the theJohn JohnSimon SimonGuggenGuggengenerous terms of aa Fellowship heim Memorial Memorial Foundation. A travel travel grant grant from fromthe theAmerican American heim Foundation. A Council of to transcribe transcribethe theglosses glosses Council of Learned Societies allowed me to October and and November November 1988, subsequent verifiverifiin June 1987. In October cations were to the the Vatican Vatican from from the the cations were made made during during short short trips to Hopkins University's University's Villa Spelman in Florence. Florence. Johns Hopkins From beginning beginning to end, this study study has has benefited benefited from from the the From to end, enlightened support supportof ofLeonard LeonardE.E.Boyle, Boyle,O.P., O.P., Prefect Prefectof ofthe theVatiVatican Library, Library, and and his staff. staff. The Theremarkable remarkablephotographs photographs which which can are due due to to the thedevoted devoted skill skill of of the theLibrary's Library's accompany this study are Reparto Fotografico, Fotografico, esp. esp. Messrs. Messrs. Arditi, Arditi, Valci Vaici and andBorgonovo. Borgonovo. Reparto The Department Department of History History of of The TheJohns JohnsHopkins HopkinsUniversity University The cost of of the the photos. photos. helped defray the cost cited at at the the appropriate appropriateplaces, places,I Ihave havedisdisIn addition to those cited glosses in some detail with Professors Professors Bernhard BernhardBisBiscussed these glosses Virginia Brown, Brown, John John F. F. Callahan, Callahan,Guglielmo Guglielmo Cavallo, Cavallo, Paul Paul choff, Virginia Meyvaert and My wife wife Magda Magda has has lent lent aawelwelMeyvaert and Hubert Hubert Silvestre. Silvestre. My come, attentive pleasureto to come, attentive hand hand in in correcting correcting the the proofs. proofs. ItItisisaapleasure thank these these friends friends and andcolleagues colleagues publicly, publicly, particularly particularly my my thank Latin palaeography palaeography and andcodicology, codicology, to to whom whom this this study study teacher of Latin is dedicated. Hopkins University University The Johns Hopkins Baltimore, Maryland Christmas 1990

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

For Hubert For Hubert Silvestre Friend and Teacher Friend and Teacher

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preface

V

Introduction 1. The Script 2. The Tironian Notes Notes 3. Languages of the the Glosses Glosses 4. Marginalia 5. The Glosses Conclusion

1 6 13 14 18 24 31

Edition of the the Glosses Glosses

33

Appendix 1: 1 : Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Marginalia Marginalia Appendix Appendix 2: 2; Undeciphered UndecipheredGlosses Glosses Appendix Appendix 33:: Marginal Marginal and and Other Other Marks Marks Appendix

83 84 87 87

Bibliography

89

Plates

97

of Glosses Glosses Index of Manuscripts Cited Cited Index of Manuscripts General Index

99 Ill 111 115 115

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

INTRODUCTION11 INTRODUCTION

Even famous famous manuscripts manuscripts have secrets. Few FewmanumanuEven have their their secrets. scripts Latin classics are are more more celebrated celebrated than than the the Palatine Palatine scripts of of the Latin Virgil with its its coeval coeval peers peersthe theMediceus Mediceus(Florence, (Florence, Virgil which, which, with B. Laur., Laur. xxxix I) and Romanus (Vat. lat. 3867), has provided B. Lour., Laur. xxxíx I) and Romanus (Vat. lat. 3867), has provided cornerstone of knowledge of the text text of ofVirgil Virgil since since its its a cornerstone of our knowledge of the rediscovery in Renaissance2. Its history since since that that time time is is rediscovery in the the Renaissancen. Its history well known. known. With Withmuch muchofofthe theBibliotheca BibliothecaPalatina PalatinaininHeidelHeidelwell berg, the manuscript was 1623 as as aa papal papal berg, was transported to Rome in 1623 trophy in the Thirty Years War; in 1798 Napoleon had it transtrophy in the Thirty Years War; in 1798 Napoleon had it transferred to France France whence Louis Louis XVIII XVIII restored restored it it to to the the Apostolic Apostolic ferred Library scholars like like Ribbeck, Ribbeck, Sabbadini Sabbadini and andLowe Lowe Library in in 1815, where where scholars have Yet the the book book is is not not without without its its enigmas. enigmas. Chief Chief have studied itit33.. Yet 1

Some of ofthe themore morevisible visibleglosses glossesare areillustrated illustratedon onsixteen sixteenplates platestowards towards Some the end of of this this volume, volume, each each carrying carrying the the relevant relevant folio folio and and Aeneid the Aeneid reference. There alphabetical index and marginalia marginalia whose whose decipherment decipherment was was There is an alphabetical index of glosses and certain, immediately after the set set of ofplates. plates. certain, 2 For aaconcise concisediscussion discussionof of Virgil's transmission, L.REYNOLDS, D. Reynolds, inin Virgil's transmission, see see L. D. 2 For Texts and and Transmission. Transmission. A ofthe theLatin LatinClassics, Classics, ed. L. L.D. D.REYNOLDS Reynolds (Oxford, (Oxford, Α Survey Survey of 1983), pp. 433-436 esp. M.Geymonat, "Codici", Enciclopedia Virgiliana Virgiliana o νλr, "Codici", 1983), pp. 433-436 and and esp. Μ. Gευµ l(Rome, 1984) For aa recent recent reappraisal reappraisal of of the thethree threemain mainancient ancientwitwit1(Rome, 1984) 831-838. 831-838. For nesses, R. R. E. E. GABBEL, Gaebel, "The M, PP and and R", R", Classical Texts and and The Vergilian Vergilian Manuscripts M, Traditions.Studies StudiesininHonor Honorofof C.R.Trahman Trahman (Chico, CA CA [1984]), [1984D, pp. 59-66; cf. their Traditions. C.R. " Interventi sui più antichi antichi codíci codici", ", La fortuna fortuna di diVirgilio Virgilio (Naples, too M. Μ. Geymonat, GεχικΟΝΑΤ, "Interventi 1986). The The most most detailed detailed recent recent description description of Pal. Pal. lat. lat. 1631 1631 is is by by E. E. Pellegrin, 1986). Ρm inGιυν, J. Fohlen, Riou, Les manuscrits classiques classiques latins latins de la la BibliothèBibliothèJEUDYand and Y. F. mou, J. Foηιnν, C. Jeudy A. Lowe, Codices Latini Antiquiores Antiquiores que vaticane vaticane 2.2(París, 2.2(Paris, 1982) 1982) 277-280; 277-280; cf. E. A. Codices Latini (= C.LA.) 1934), no. 99 and Supplement 1974), p. [44]; for furfur(Oxford, 1934), Supplement (Oxford, (Oxford, 1974), C.LA.) 11 (Oxford, ther bibliography see see the the following following notes. notes. The ther bibliography ThePalatínus Falatinus was was early early on on the theobject object the excellent excellent facsimile facsimile by by R. R. SSabbadini, Vergilianus qui Palatinas appellaλΒΒΑDΙΝι, Codex Vergilianus Palatines appellaof the tur quam simillime simillimeexpressos, expressus, Codices quam simillime simillime expressi, expressi, Codices e Vaticanis selecti quam 14 1929). 14 (Paris, 1929). 1 R.SnIDER, Seider, in Bibliotheca Palatina. Palatina. Katalog Katalogzur zurAusstellung Ausstellungvom vom8. 8.Juli Juli bis 2. 3 R. November 1986 1986 11 (Heidelberg, On the the capture capture and and transfer transfer of of (Heidelberg, n.d. n.d. [1986]) [1986]) 114-115. 114-115. On November the Library ιαα, Library to Rome under the the direction direction of ofLeo LeoAllacci Allaccior orAllatius, Allatius,see seeE.E.Mrrr Mittler, ibid., pp. 458-468. ibid., 1

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick McCormick

2

among them is what happened happened to to it it between between aa presumed presumed origin origin in in late antique antique Italy and the the first first unequivocal unequivocal evidence evidence of ofits itsprespreslate ence at the the Rhenish Rhenish monastery monastery of Lorsch Lorsch where where the the noted noted HeHeence braist and cosmographer Sebastian Sebastian Munster Münster (1488-1552) (1488-1552) seems seems to to braist have seen it and mentions it as a purported autograph of Virhave seen it and mentions it as a purported autograph of Virgil44.. The cautiously cautiously formulated formulated hypothesis hypothesis that that the themanuscript manuscript The Lorsch ca. ca. 860 860 with with the thebooks booksof ofGerward, Gerward,forformay have reached Lorsch mer palace librarian librarian of Louis Louis the the Pious, Pious, has has often often been beentreated treated as as 5 Infact, fact,careful carefulscrutiny scrutinyof ofthe thePalatinus Palatinus itself itself virtual certainty 5.. In reveals unsuspected unsuspected testimony its own own life lifeininthe theCarolingian Carolingian reveals testimony to to its of its its folios folios are are covered covered with withannotations annotationswhich which period, since most of 6 have hitherto passed unnoticed . The discovery of over 740 unhave hitherto unnoticed b. The discovery of over 740 unknown dry point markings markings of all all kinds, kinds, including including more more than than 600 600 known dry point in Latin, Latin, Old Old High High German German and and Tironian Tironian notes, notes, provides provides glosses in significant new raw raw material material toward toward aa definitive definitive understanding understanding of of Thenew newmatematethis great late antique antique codex codex and and its medieval medieval life. The

4

See the the Latin Latin text text of his his Cosmographia by Ε. E. PELLBGRIN Pellegrin et al., al., ManuManuSee Cosmographic cited by classiques, 2.2.278-279. Münster presumably saw the the MS MS during during aa visit visit to to the the scrits classiques, Lorsch Library rn in 1526: K. H. Βιmµ Burmeister, Ver sucheines eines biograbiograstsrεκ, Sebastian Sebastian Münster, Versuch phischen Gesamtbildes, Gesamtbildes, Basler Beitrâge Geschichtswissenschaft, 91, 2d ed. ed. (Ba(BaBeiträge zur Geschichtswissenschaft, ρhischen 4

1969), p. 124, 124, cf. p. p. 169. 169. sel, 1969), 5 advanced palaeographical palaeographical and andcodicocodico5 R. Sabbadini's Sabbadini's important important article first advanced the hypothesis hypothesis that that the the MS MS had had been been at at Lorsch since since s.s. ix: Per logical grounds for the ix:"Per una nuova edizione di di Virgi Virgilio. Vaticano Pala Palatino 1631 (P)", (P)", Historia: Stuli o. Il codice Vaticano tino 1631 Historic: Stustorici per perl'antichità l'antichitàclassica classica 1, 1, no. 4(1927) 4(1927) 57-67, 57-67, here 66-67; 66-67; cf. cf. C.L.A. C.LA. 1, 99. 99. di storici P. reached Lorsch with Gerward's Gerward's books: books: ErforErforP. Lehmann Lehmann first first suggested that itit reached Mittelalters. Ausgewàhlte undAufsätze Aufsátze 3(Stuttgart, Ausgewdhlte Abhandlungen und schungen des Mittelalters. 1960) 155 (originally published B. Bisciiorr, Bischoff, Mittelalterliche Studien Studien 1960) 155 (originally publishedinin 1935). 1935). B. 3(Stuttgart, 1981) form of of the thehypothesis hypothesis with with 3(Stuttgart, 1981) 172-173, 172-173,n.n.1919stated statedthe the final final form extreme caution (" ("freilich mit sehr sehrgeringer geringerWahrscheinlichkeit Wahrscheinlichkeit "), "), pointing out out freilich mit extreme caution that Gerward's Gerward's position such aa magnifimagnifiposition at at Louis Louis the Pious' Pious' court may have helped such cent book book pass pass into into Gerward's Gerward's hands; Lorsch im im Spiegel seiner seiner τscκοτm, Lorsch cent hands; cf. BBischoff, Handschriften [also published in Die Reichsabtei ReichsabteiLorsch. Lorsch. Festschrift Festschrift zum zum Gedenken Gedenken Handschriften an ihre Stiftung Stiftung 764, vol. 2], Bischoff'svery veryprudent prudent forfor2], (Darmstadt, (Darmstadt, 1977), 1977),p. p. 56. 56. Bíschoff's certainty for for R. R. Seider, Seider, Bibliotheca Palatina Palatina 1.115 1.115 as well as his his mulation becomes certainty in the the next nextn.; n. ;cf. cf.too, too,e.g. e.g.M.M.Geymonat, Geymonat,"Codici " Codici",", p.p.834, 834,or orL.L.D. D.Rn Reystudy cited in υnolds in Texts and and Transmissions, Transmissions, p. 434. NoLDS 6 ~~ II hasten to qualify qualify this this assertion assertionwith withthe therecognition recognitionthat thatM.M.Geymonat, Geymonat,inin edition P. Vergíli Vergili Maronis opera (Turin, 1973), detected one dry dry point point cancanMarone opera (Turin, 1973), his fine edition cellation of aa syllable, syllable, but but identified identified itit as as the the work work of ofthe thelate lateantique antiqueink inkcorrector corrector P1 :: see below, edition, on on Aen. 5.645.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

3

rial in strengthens the enriches the the rial in no way strengthens the Lorsch Lorsch hypothesis. hypothesis. ItIt enriches Carolingian Virgil manuscripts manuscripts with aa new newwitwitCarolingian stock stock of of glossed Virgil ness of singular singular status. status. And And the thefind findunderscores underscores that, that, however however ness useful they may may be, be, photographs photographs and and facsimiles facsimiles can can never neversupsupuseful plant personal examination of the precious manuscripts guarded plant personal examination of the precious manuscripts guarded with by scrupulous scrupulous conservators. conservators. with increasing jealousy by The Palatinus' Palatinus' text the Eclogues, Georgics Georgics and Aeneid was and Aeneid The text of the that have have been been variously variously dated dated between between executed in rustic capitals that 7 the fourth and sixth centuries . Many of the 276 original folios the fourth and sixth centuries 7. Many of the 276 original folios 8 damage and and some some dozen dozen have havedisappeared disappeared 8.• Until have suffered damage now, recorded three annotations. Several Several now, scholars have recorded three series series of of annotations. antique hands corrected the text text in in various various places places99.. AACaroCarolate antique lingian insular influence influence added added a handful handful of of lingian script script with with aa hint of insular ink glosses and corrections in the ninth century's first half; this ink glosses and corrections in the ninth century's first half; this 7

The recent recent tendency tendency seems seems to to be betotodate datethe thePalatinus Palatinuslater. later.S.S.iv-v: iv-v: C.L.A. C.LA. The 1(1934) 99, cf. S. p. [44]; R.A.B. R.A.B. Mynors, Maronis opera opera (Oxford, 1985), v; Μυνoιs, P. Vergili Maronis R. Seider, zur Geschichte Geschichte und Paläographie Palàographie der antiken antiken VergilhandschVergilhandschBeitrage zur SEmER, "* Beitràge ", in Studien zum zum antiken antikenEpos, Epos, ed. H. Görgemanns Gòrgemanns and E. E. A. (MeiΑ. Schmidt (Meiriften ", Gian, 1976), 1976), pp. 129-172, 129-172, here 140-142 assigns script to to Italy, Italy, senheim am Glan, here pp. 140-142 assigns the script and at this point inclined to an earlier earlier date, He has has and point was inclined date, possibly possibly as as early early as as s.s. iv. iv. He later date, date, ca. ca. 500, 500, in in Bibliotheca Bibliotheca Palatina, Palatina, p. 114; M. M. GeyGeysubsequently accepted a later monat has also moved toward a later later dating: dating : in in his his edition, edition, p. p. xix, xix, he he accepts accepts s.s. iv iv monat or v, but but in in ""Codici", acceptsaadate dateca. ca.500. 500.S.S.v-ví v-vi: ai, ManuManuCodici ", p. p. 834, 834, he accepts : Fohlen FΟHLEN et al., scrits classiques, classiques, p. 277 studio della sc scrittuΑ. Pratesi, Piumi, "" Nuove divagazioni per uno studio ri ttu277;; A. Vergiliani antiquiores antiquiores",, Scrittura civiltà 9(1985) 5-33 here Scrinura ee civiltà 9(1985) 5-33 ra capitale. I codices Vergílianí pp. 19-24 19-24 and 28 argues for s. v* center as as the the Romanus Romanus ν1- in the same unidentifiable center R. Marichal, tradition ancienne du texte de (Vat. lat. 3867). R. Μλ mcΗλι, "Quelques apports à la tradition Virgile", des études latines latines 35(1957[1958]) date, Revue des 35(1957[1958D 1-4 1-4 doesn't doesn't actually furnish aa date, Virgile ", Revue directly from from an an early early MS MS in in cursive. cursive. J. J. Autenrieth, but argues argues that P was copied directly ΑνrΕκämrιτ, "Litterae Virgiiianae Virgilianae". Vom VomFortleben Fortlebeneiner einerrömischen rômischen Schrift, Schriften des des HistorHistorSchrift, Vortràge, 14 (Munich, 1988) 1988) does not not discuss discuss the the date. date. ischen Kollegs, Vo rt räge, 14 8 For accounting of the missing folios, see see Fohlen al., Manuscrits Manuscrits Fοηιnν et al., For a precise accounting classiques,, pp. pp. 277-278. classique 9 The most most thorough thorough record record of of these thesecorrections corrections will willbe befound foundininthe theapparaappara9 The to Geymonat's Geymonat's edition who, who, following followingSabbadiní, Sabbadini, "Per "Per una unanuova nuovaedizione edizione", tus to ", correctors (P (P13 from s.s. ív-vi iv-vi (to be be modified modified pp. 60-66, 60-66, distinguishes distinguishes three correctors 1.3)) dating from presumably to s.s. v-ví v-vi in in view viewofofGeymonat's Geymonat'slater lateropinion, opinion," "Codici Codici", ", p. p. 834), 834), the the presumably Carolingian correctors (P4 (P4;; cf. next two Renaissance Renaissance previously known Carolingian next note), and two revisers (PS (PM.'), ), the first first of ofwhom whomSabbadini Sabbadini identified identified as asHieronymus Hieronymus Commelinus Commelinus revisors 1550-1597). Geymonat's Geymonat's scrupulous scrupulous and and thorough thorough reporting reporting makes makeshis hisedition edition (ca. 1550-1597). indispensable to concerned with Virgil's Virgil's text, text, although although II would would indispensable to anyone anyone seriously concerned quibble with his distinctions distinctions among among correctors: correctors: see e.g. e.g. below below on on Aen. quibble with some some of his 3.714. 7

"

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

44

10.. AAfurther formerly attributed attributed to to Lorsch Lorsch10 further handful handful of of script was formerly markings ends the list list of of previously previously known known annotaannotaearly modern markings Palatinus (hereafter = = P). P). tions in the Palatinus The new glosses are confined to to the the text text of of the the Aeneid, The Aeneid, which, after a a lacuna, lacuna, begins begins at at 1.277 1.277 on f. f. 57r. 57r. Well Well over over 600 600 short short after written in in an an unusual unusual Caroline Caroline minuscule minuscule of of the the glosses have been written Tironian notes Ofthem, them, ninth century or the Tironian notes revived revived at at that that time. time. Of II have have successfully deciphered deciphered over The glosses glosses are areconcenconcenover 500. 500. The trated in the the Aeneid's books. Books Books 33 and and 66 each eachreceived received Aeneid's first first 6 books. trated well over a a hundred, hundred, books books 2 and and 55 have have just just over over aahundred, hundred, well over book around 80, 80, while while the the two-thirds two-thirds of of book book 11 that thatsurvive survive book 44 around include After book book 6, 6, the theglosses glosseswane wanedramatidramatiinclude over over 50 50 glosses. glosses. After number of of marginal marginal marks marks that that do do not not seem seem to to cally, although the number be glosses increases. increases. The Theglosses glossesshow showless lessindebtedness indebtednesstotoSerSerbe than one might expect. All of ofthe thenew newglosses glossesand andmarkings markings vius than one might expect. All are executed in dry point: point: that that is, is, they they are are scratched scratched into into the the are executed in dry parchment with a stylus, in in the the inkless inkless technique technique so sopopular popularwith with parchment Carolingian scribes. scribes. insular and Carolingian That with hitherto hitherto unknown unknown testesThat aa MS MS like like P P should be loaded with timony on own history history and and the the medieval medieval reception reception of ofVirgil Virgil timony on its own underscores how generalized generalized palaeographical palaeographical indifference indifference to tothis this underscores Yet dry point point has has been been known known and and pubpubcommon practice may be. Yet lished at least least since since the the beginning beginning of ofthe thecentury, century,and andexploited exploited lished and documented documented by Bernhard Bischoff's pioneering work his and by Bernhard Bischoff's pioneering work of his student days; furnished new evidence evidence on on events events as as signifisignifistudent days; it it has furnished cant as as Charles Charles Martel's Martel's victory victory at Tours, Tours, and and more more recently, recently, cant regained the favor of ofGermanic Germanic philologists philologists". Although such such regained the favor 11 . Although 10

above n. 5. Onthe thenon-Lorsch non-Lorsch character character of of this this script, script, B. B. Bischoff, Bischoff, See above 5. On to See "" Lorsch Lorsch *,", p. p. 77, 77, n. 88. 11 The best introduction introduction is B. Bischoff, "Über Handschriften B. BISCHOFF, "iJber Einritzungen Ein ritzungen in Handsch rift en The frühen Mittelalters", Mittelalters", Mittelalterliche Mittelalterliche Studien Studien 1(Stuttgart, l(Stuttgart, 1966) 1966) 88-92, whose whose des friihen publication brought of new new examples: examples : B. P. LΕΗLehfirst publication brought to to light light a host of B. Bischoff BIscuo1' and P. mann, ""Nachtrage Nachtràge zu althochdeutschen Glossen ", Beitrdge Beitráge zur zur Geschichte Geschichteder der oc hdeutschen Glossen", zu den alth ~κπκκ, deutschen Sprache Sprache und 153-170. A. A. S. Napier, English Glosses, Glosses, Literatur 52(1928) 153-170. Nλie, Old English deutschen and Literatur Anecdota Oxoniensia, 11 (Oxford, (Oxford, 1900), 1900), cf. cf. p.p.xxxíii, xxxiii, Anecdota Oxoniensia, Medieval Medieval and and Modern Modem Series, 11 the first first modem modern editors editors of of what what he hecalled called"scratched "scratched glosses". glosses". He He was one of the published the Old Old English English glosses glosses on onAldhelm Aldhelm ininCambridge. Cambridge, C.C.C. C.C.C. 285 285 before before published abandoning aa systematic so trying trying on on the the abandoning systematicapproach, approach,since sincethe thedeciphering deciphering"was was so observation with his modem modern followers followerswill willsympathize! sympathize! eyes" (ibid.), (ibid.), an an observation with which his also the theobservations observationsofofH.H.Mmu Merritt, " Old English English Scratched ScratchedGlosses GlossesininCotton Cotton See also t rr, "Old "

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

5

annotations not usually usually show show up up on onnormal normalphotographs, photographs,their their annotations do do not presence is unmistakable unmistakable when itself is is examined examined under under raking raking presence is when PP itself light. Thanks light. Thanks to tothe the excellent excellent work work of ofthe theReparto Reparto Fotografico Fotografico of of the few of the Vatican Vatican Library, Library, aa few of the the glosses glosseshave havebeen beencaptured capturedon on film and this study, in what film and accompany accompany this study, in what II believe believe to to be be the the first first published photographs photographs of of medieval medieval dry dry point point annotations. annotations. published The significance significance of of the The the new new material material is is multiple. multiple. Although Althoughitit Aeneid's printed printed text text as as itit now brings no direct changes changes to to the the Aeneid's now brings no direct stands, it material for the discussion discussion of of two two connectconnectstands, it provides provides new new material for the ed questions ed questions in in Virgil's Virgil's textual textual transmission: transmission: whether whether there therewas wasaa the Palatinus Palatinus at at Lyons in in the the first first half half of of the the ninth ninth century century twin to the and the and the nature nature of of the therelationship relationship between between PPand andthe theGudianus Gudianus (Wolfenbüttel, Herzog-August-Bibliothek, Herzog-August-Bibliothek, Gud. Gud. lat. 70). 70). This This disdis(Wolfenbíttel, cussion in cussion in turn turn does does affect affect the the actual actual text, text, since sincethe theWolfenbüttel Wolfenbüttel MS is often often used MS is used as as aa witness witness to to PPwhere wherethe thelatter latterhas haslacunae. lacunae. But But the the new new material's material's greatest greatest significance significance lies lies elsewhere. elsewhere. the codicologist, codicologist, these these modest modest annotations annotations provide provide new new and and For the solid solid data data toward toward solving solving the the enigma enigma of of P's P's whereabouts whereabouts in in the the early Middle Middle Ages, considerable step step beyond beyond the the RenRenearly Ages, taking taking us us aa considerable aissance aissance into into its its earlier earlier history history and and toward toward the the grand grand problem problem of of its origin. The its origin. Thelargely largelyspontaneous spontaneous character character of oftheir their script script sheds sheds interesting light the survival survival of of cursive cursive tendencies tendencies alongside alongside interesting light on on the the more more stylized stylized calligraphy calligraphy which which dominates dominates our our understanding understanding the of of ninth-century ninth-century Carolingian Carolingian handwriting, handwriting, and and the the Tironian Tironian notes notes add add a a new new example example of ofthe theancient ancientstenography stenography totospecialists' specialists' attention. Philologists Philologists will will find find food food for for thought thought in in the theway waythe the attention. selection of words selection of words for for glossing glossing documents documents the the death death of of sectors sectors of of Latin vocabulary Protoromance, not to mention mention the the vocabulary vocabulary Latin vocabulary in in Protoromance, not to of which replaced them. The of the the Latin Latin words words which replaced them. The new new glosses glosses may may shed shed some some light light on on the the problem problem of of the thehistory historyof ofthe theLatin Latinglossaglossaries. ries. Specialists SpecialistsofofOld OldHigh HighGerman German will willdoubtless doubtlessincrease increasethe the C. ii", American Journal Journal of ofPhilology Philology 54(1933) 305-322 and "Old "Old High High MS Tiberius C. 54(1933) 305-322 German Scratched Glosses", Glosses", ibid., 55(1934) For the the bibliography bibliography on on the the 55(1934) 227-235. 227-235. For German Poitiers, M. Victory.Triumphal TriumphalRulership Rulership Late AntiΜ. McCormick, McCο.µ tcκ, Eternal Eternal Victory. in in Late Antibattle of Poitiers, quity, Byzantium, Medieval West (Cambridge, 1986), 361. Byzantium, and andthe theEarly Early Medieval West (Cambridge, 1986), pp. pp. 360 360-361. Two studies devoted to dry point glosses glosses offer offerimportant importantmethodological methodologicalconsiderconsiderations : R.I. R. I. Page, Pecs, "More More Old ations: OldEnglish EnglishScratched ScratchedGlosses", Glosses", Anglia 97(1979) 27-45 27-45 felglossen der ri ft Ottob. and H. Mayer, althochdeutschenGrif Griffelglossen derHandsch Handschrift Ottob. Lat. Lat.3295 3295 MMAYER, Die althochdeutschen Vaticana), Canadian German Language Language and and Literature, Literature, 27 27 Canadian Studies Studies in German (Biblioteca Vaticana), (Bern, 1982), 1982), esp. pp. pp. 12-13. 12-13. -

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

6

number of new witnesses witnesses to to their their language language II have have been been able able to to number of new wrest from from P's P's pages. pages. Historians Historiansof ofthe theCarolingian Carolingian Renaissance wrest and the medieval reception reception of of Virgil Virgil will will find find in in them them evidence evidence for for and the medieval future comprehensive comprehensive history history of of Carolingian Carolingian glossators glossators on on the the aa future 12.. The Aeneid Thepersonal personalnames nameswritten written in inthe themargins margins point point to to the the Aeneid 12 historical milieu milieu in in which which the the reception reception occurred, occurred, while while the theannoannohistorical tators' concepts and and institutions institutions of of tators' struggle struggle to to translate translate the the words, words, concepts world long long since since dead dead underscores underscores the the unique unique new newcharacterischaracterisaa world tics of the the early early medieval medieval mentality. mentality. Ongoing Ongoing research research in in each eachof of tics of these disciplines will will probably probably increase increase and and sharpen sharpen the the light light the the these disciplines new data sheds sheds on on P's P's history history and and its its role role in in the thetransmission transmission and and new data reception of The primary primary task task of of this this study study is is simply simply to to reception of Virgil. Virgil. The make as much information information as as possible possible available available to to other other scholars, scholars, make as much publish the glosses and and to to draw drawsome somepreliminary preliminary conclusions conclusions publish the glosses from them to guide future research. from them to guide future research.

1. THE The SCRIPT Script Although twice ventured ventured to to write write aa biblical biblical Although an an annotator annotator has has twice Christological invocation clumsy rustic rustic capitals, capitals, the the Christological invocationinin rather rather clumsy main script script used used for for the the glosses glosses isisan anunusual unusualkind kindof ofCarolingian Carolingian main minuscule. Since Sincemany manyof ofits itscharacteristics characteristicsdo donot notappear appearin inthe the minuscule. small percentage percentage of of annotations annotations which which lent lent themselves themselves to tophotophotosmall graphy, a detailed description description will will serve serve both both future future study study of ofthe the graphy, a detailed 12

The classic classic general general work work isis of ofcourse courseD.D.CComparetti, medio evo, evo, The οµρλα τι.Virgilio nel medio ed. G. G. Pasquali 1955); for aa more more detailed detailed study study of ofthe the Aeneid's Ρλsοuλυυ (Florence (Florence [reprint], 1955); Aeneid's literary and cultural reception reception in late late antiquity antiquity and and the theearly earlyMiddle MiddleAges, Ages, see see literary and cultural païens etet lecteurs chrétiens chrétiens de l'Éné l'Ènéide τde 1, Mémoires de P. Courcelle, COURCELLE, Lecteurs Lecteurs pawns inscriptions et et bellesbelles-lettres, (Paris, 1984). 1984). For For the the main main l'Académie des inscriptions lettres, n.s. n.s. 4 (Paris, of the the reception receptiondown downtotothe theCarolingian Carolingianrevival, revival,see seeL.L.HoLrz, Holtz,""La La survie de stages of PrYsence de de Virgile. Actes Actes du Colloque Colloque des 9, 11 Il et et âge ", Présence Virgile dans le haut moyen âge". Décembre 1976, ed. R. R. Chevallier, Caesarodunum, 13bis 13bis (Paris, (Paris, 1978), 1978), pp. pp.208208CHEVALLIER, Caesarodunum, 12 Décembre 222. On On the theneed needfor forsystematic systematic study study of ofthe theCarolingian Carolingian glosses, glosses, see see his his "Les "Les 222. carolingiens de Virgile (X° (Xe et XI° XIe siècles) siècles)*, fortuna didiVirgilio, Virgilio, ", in La fortuna manuscrits carolingiens pp. 125-149. 125-149. For For an an example example of ofthe theintensive intensivestudy studyofofglosses glossesininthis thiscontext: context:R.R.J.J. pp. Hexter, Ovid and and Medieval MedievalSchooling. Schooling. Studies Studies Medieval School Commentaries in in Medieval School Commentaries HExrER, on Ovid's Ovid's Ars Amatoria, Epistulae ex ex Ponto Ponto and Heroidum, MUnchener and Epistulae Heroidum, Mínchener Amato ri a, Epistulae Beitrage zur zur Medíävístik Mediavistik und Renaissance-Forschung, 38 38 (Munich, (Munich, 1986). 1986). Beitrâge 12

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

77

script and efforts to to extend extend and and improve improve my my readings readings of of the the script and efforts glosses. The conditions conditions of the the glosses' glosses' execution execution not notinfrequently infrequentlydisdisThe Themajority majorityare areinterintertort their palaeographical characteristics. The linear and therefore crammed which runs runs about about 33 linear and therefore crammed into into aa space which mm high. Only marginal glosses yield a true picture of the the mm high. Only marginal glosses yield true picture of script's natural Secondly, script's natural proclivity proclivity to to ascenders ascenders and and descenders. descenders. Secondly, in writing writingmaterials materialsfrom fromconventional conventionalCarolingian Carolingian the difference in writing, specifically the parchment parchment to to the the sharp sharp writing, specifically the resistance of the point of the stylus, may affect in in some some way way diverse diverse aspects aspects of of the the point execution of individual letters. It was not always easy for the execution of individual letters. It was not always easy for the whence aa certain certain angularity angularity e. e. g. g. writer to achieve rounded forms, whence in "o" "o" or the the Tironian Tironian notes. Finally, we we have have here here aa kind kind of of in notes. Finally, "personal" script: were not not calligraphy calligraphy intended intended as as "personal" script: the the glosses were material like like the the bulk bulk of ofsurviving survivingCaroline Caroline hands, hands, public reading material whence aa number number of of features features reminiscent reminiscent of ofcursive cursive13 may be be 13.. ItItmay would have have used used aa rather rather different different that the writer(s) of P's glosses would 14 when writing writingcalligraphy calligraphyininink ink . hand when I4• It is important to emphasize for those who who have have not not yet yet It is important to emphasize for those worked that the the nature nature of of the the beast beastdictates dictatesextreme extreme worked on dry point that caution. The Thevisibility visibility of ofdifferent differentglosses, glosses,indeed indeeddifferent differentparts parts caution. the same same gloss gloss or orsame sameletter, letter,often oftenvaries variesaccording according to tothe the of the kind of sunlight or artificial light light as as well well as as the theangle angleat atwhich whichthe the kind 13

In this this sense, sense, the the personal personal script script of of the the new newglosses glossesresembles resembles more more late late 13 In antique gloss hands hands than than the the formal formal Carolingian Carolingian gloss gloss script script of of Tours Tours as as analyzed analyzed antique by A. A. R. NATALE, Natale, "Marginalia: "Marginalia: la scrittura de della IX secolo secolo"., Studi Studi in ll a glossa dal V al IX onore di Carlo Carlo Castiglioni, Castiglioni, Fontes Ambrosiani, 32 (Milan, 1957), 1957), 615-630, 615-630, here here 32 (Milan, pp. 616-617 626-630; cf. esp. esp. L. L. HoLTz, Holtz, "Les manuscrits latins aà gloses gloses et et aà pp. 616-617 and and 626-630; "Les manusc ri ts latins commentaires". libro e il testo. testo. Atti Atti del Convegno internazionale, internazionale, Urbino, 20-23 commentaires ", Il libro Urbino, 20-23 settembre 1982 (Urbino, 1984), pp. 141-167, 141-167, here p. p. 147. 147. E.E.Ces~u Casamassima, Tradizione settembre ~IAssτµλ, Tradizione tradizione libraria librarianella nellascrittura scritturalatina latina del Medioevo Medioevo (Rome, 1988), pp. pp. 1414corsiva e tradizione (Rome, 1988), 15 title isis chiefly chieflyconcerned concernedwith withTuscan Tuscandocuments documentsofofs.s.x-xiii, x-xiii, 15 which despite its title decries the the relative relative neglect neglect of ofcursive-style cursive-style scripts scripts in inthe theCarolingian Carolingian period period and and decries thereafter. thereafter. 14 On the the difficulty difficulty of ofprecise precisepalaeographical palaeographical analysis analysis of of dry drypoint pointglosses, glosses, 14 On Bischoff, " Nachtrage ", p. 154154 ; cf.; cf. Page, " More ", p. that BISCHOFF, " Nachträge ", p. Page, " More ", 28. p. 28.Still Stillititisisworth worth noting that at least least aa general general palaeographical palaeographical appraisal, appraisal, e.g. e.g. Β. B. Bischoff, Mitdry point allows at BiscnoFF, MitStudien l(Stuttgart, (Munich, Bay. Bay. Staatsb., Staatsb., Clm Clm 14008), 14008), 92 92 telalterliche Studien 1(Stuttgart, 1966) 1966) 91 91 (Munich, (Paris, B.N., 10837). Thus Thus too too H. to compare compare the the dry dry point point (Paris, B.N., lat. lat. 10837). Η. Mayer Mayer was was able able to notes in in Vatican, Vatican, B. B. Apost., Apost., Ottob. ink script script of of the the second secondpart partofof notes Ottob. Lat. Lat. 3295 3295 to to the ink that MS: MS: Gri Griffelglossen, 117. that f f elglossen, p. 117. 2τ www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

8

Michael McCormick McCormick

light hits the the page page15 as elsewhere, elsewhere, therefore, therefore, II have have conconlight ts.. Here Here as fined my observations observations to forms which appear appear to tome meto tobe becertain, certain, more rarely, rarely, very very probable, probable, even even though, though, e. e. g. g. for forligatures, ligatures,aa or more few more combinations combinations may deduced by eyes eyes better or or more more few may be be deduced daring than than mine. mine. as itit is is clearly clearlyvisible, visible, the the glosses' glosses' Carolingian Carolingian minusminusInsofar as cule is unified unified enough enough to to discourage discourage attempts attempts to todistinguish distinguishdifdifcule although there there may may well well be be more more than than one one writer writeratat ferent hands, although work. The Thesame same script scriptdoes does the theLatin Latinand andthe theOld OldHigh High German German work. r glosses, as names on on f.f. 129r. 129 . Tironian Tironiannotes notes glosses, as well well as as the personal names combine with normally written elements elements of of the thesame sameglosses glosses and and combine so must must come come from campaign. Words Words are are usually usually not not so from the same campaign. separated although, although, not not infrequently, infrequently, the the exigencies exigencies of of space space rereunevenly spaced groups of of letters, letters, aa factor factorwhich which sult in unevenly spaced letters or groups limits conjectures conjectures based on on space space between between two twodecipherable decipherableletletlimits ters. The The script script isisvertical; vertical; occasionally occasionally it it slants slants to to the the left. left. ters. Where space space permits, permits, descenders descenders are usually quite quite long long (e. (e. g.g. Where are usually r r r v r 67 , 73r, 73 , 75r, 75 , 123 123 1,, 1410, 141 ), while ascenders are are frequently frequentlyso so(91r, (91r, f. 67r, 123v; cf. 73r). Initial Initial verticals verticals regularly regularly show show distinct distinct attack attack 1231; cf.73r). strokes. Punctuation consists inverted pyramid pyramid of of points points that that Punctuation consists of of an an inverted r sometimes precedes a gloss (e. g. 75 ); a raised point or virgula sometimes precedes a gloss (e. g. 750; raised point or virgula

15 15 On On the readings, II note note the theory theory that that seasonal seasonal changes in sunlight may affect readings. here that these glosses glosses were were first firstdetected detectedininApril April 1986, transcribed in June June 1987 1987 readings checked checked during during short shortvisits visitstotothe theApostolic ApostolicLibrary LibraryininOctober October and the readings November 1988. 1988. II worked situated beside the windows windows of of the theMS MS and November worked at at tables situated reading room. Sunlight worked worked best best on on most most glosses; glosses; on on others others aa flashlight flashlight held held reading room. Sunlight parchment surface Theintense intense and and focused focused at angles to the parchment surface was was most most effective. effective. The small Mag-Lite Mag-Lite was usually usually the themost mosteffective effectiveartificial artificialillumiillumilight produced by a small nation. Whatever Whatever the the penlight penlight used, used, the theprospective prospective decipherer decipherer of ofdry drypoint point nation. bulbs will will burn burn out out every every few fewhours, hours,while whilegood goodbatteries batteries should realize that the bulbs little longer. longer. Fluorescent Fluorescent light lightrendered rendered the theglosses glossesvirtually virtuallyinvisible. invisible. last only aa little Ultraviolet light the troublesome troublesome cases. cases. IIexperimented experimented with withRonRonUltraviolet light did did not not help on the 300 lines lines per per inch), inch), kindly kindly suggested suggested and and supplied supplied to to me me by by chi rulings (200 and 300 Mr. Niels my friend friend Giles Giles Constable. Constable. Although Although they theydid didnot notmake make a Mr. Niels Young through my dramatic difference, impression that, when gently gently laid laid upon upon the the gloss gloss dramatic difference, itit was my impression illuminated from above, these small small squares squares of ofglass glasssometimes sometimesmade madeindiviindiviand illuminated dual traits traits of individual individual letters appear somewhat more distinctly. distinctly. The Thedisadvandisadvandual tage is that they they generally generally did did not not allow allow me me totoperceive perceivethe theentire entireletter; letter;the theglass glass moved to to observe observe other other traits traits of ofthe thesame sameletter. letter. had to be moved

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

9

occasionally there is is aa slash-like slash-like mark after after the the may follow them; occasionally gloss. Abbreviations show ninth-century Continental Continental Abbreviations show pretty pretty standard ninth-century use, including including the the usual usual" "p(er)", "p(ro)-", " "p(r)i-", use, p(er) ", ""p(rae)-" p(rae)- " and "p(ro)-", ρ(r)~-", "n(on)", "t(er)" word beginning beginning and and end, end, and and"-blunt)", "-b(unt)", "n(on)", "t(er)" at word "-r(unt)". Final "m" "m" and and"n" "n"within withinaaword wordare arefrequently frequentlyabab"-r(unt)". Final breviated while In"t(em)pl "t(em)plu(m)" breviated while "-m;" "-m;" renders renders "-mus". "-mus". In υ(m)" the first syllable isis marked The syllable marked by by aa curved curved rising rising stroke strokeover overthe the "t". "t". The glosses use so-called "insular" "insular" or abbreviation (4-) for for glosses use the so-called it cursive abbreviation "est"16 Thetitulus titulusfor fornasals nasalsand andthe thelike likesometimes sometimesresembles resembles 16.. The "v" (f. (f. 123"); 123v); occasionally line (186) (186r) or or one one with with flags flags a "v" occasionallyaa flat flat line occurs. A few in all all probability, probability, simply simply capricious: capricious: A few abbreviations abbreviations are, in "NO(MINE)" therustic rusticcapital capitalinvocation invocation on on f.f. 68 "10(111E)" ininthe 68rr or "ma(ter)" 6.778 next and conventional conventional "pat(er)" "pat(er)" and and at 6.778 next to to the the more frequent and aid est" for "id est" appears appears to to ""frat(er)" frat(er) 17 " .17•The Theinsular insular abbreviation abbreviation for 18 once (5.613) (5.613) 18.. occur once The glosses glosses also special abbreviations abbreviations fitted fitted to to The also display display a few special 16 µΡ • 18 W. M. M. LINDSAY, Lindsay,

Notae (Cambridge, 1915), pp. pp. 72-3; 72-3; D. D. BAINS, Bains, A SupNile Latinae Latine (Cambridge, plement totoNotae Notae Latinae 14. Latine (Cambridge, (Cambridge, 1936), p. 14. plement 17 Lindsay, Notae, pp. 91 ; cf. Bains, For aa few few 17 LINDSAY, pp. 85-6 85-6 and and 91; Βλms, Supplement, Supplement, p. p. 16. 16. For to "" no(mme) no(mine) "" from insular insular MSS MSSand andLyons Lyonsinscriptions, inscriptions, Lindsay, parallels to seesee LINDSAY,

138, 141; 141; cf. however however pp. 416-17 capricious abbreviations abbreviations in callicalliNotae, pp. pp. 138, 416-17 on capricious

the like. like. graphic headings and the 18 On the the "insular "insular cursive" cursive" symbol symbol cf. LINDSAY, Lindsay, Notae, 107-8; Bains, Sup18 On Νοtae, pp. 107-8; plement, p. gives some some further further 9th-c. 9th-c. continental continental examples: examples : e.g. e.g. Munich, Munich, plement, p. 20, 20, gives B. Staatsb. have been been copied copied B. Staatsb. Clm Clm 13038 13038 (Regensburg, (Regensburg,s.s.ix) íx)which which appears appears not not to have aninsular insularexemplar: exemplar: B. Bischoff, Die südostdeutschen südostdeutschen Schreibschulen Schreibschulen und from an B. BISCHOFF, Bibliotheken ininder derKarolingerzeit Karolingerzeit 1(Wiesbaden, l(Wiesbaden,22 1960) 1960) 188; 188; Bern, Bern, Burgerbibliothek Burgerbibliothek Bibliotheken 2 167, glossed s.s. ix2 ix Virgil Virgil (Brittany, (Brittany, Bischoff), Bischoff), cf. B. Olsen, L'étude 167, aa glossed B. Munk luck OLsni, L'étude des auteurs classiques classiques aux aux XI' et et XII° XIIe siècles 2(Paris, 1985) 704. See too too the the glosses glosses on on 2(Par~s, 1985) 704. See the Virgil Virgil in in Oxford, Oxford, Bidl. Bodl. Libr. Libr. Auct. Auct. F.2.8 F.2.8 which which was wascopied copiedininFrance France f. 103r of the and possibly possiblyatatSt. St.Germain-des-PrYs, Germain-des-Prés, s.s.ix' ix1 (cf. Munk Olsen, Étude luik OLsEN, Étude 2.749), and illusEllis, Specimens of Latin LatinPalaeography Palaeography From From MSS. MSS.ininthetheBodleian Bodleian trated ininR.R.ELLIS, Specimens of Library (Oxford, 1903), The very very uncertain uncertain example example of of"p(os)t" "p(os)l " may maypoint pointtoto Library (Oxford, 1903), pi.3. p1.3. The Anglo-Saxon connections: Lindsay, Notae, pp. 193-4, 193-4, cf. Bains, Bains, Supplement, Anglo-Saxon connections: LINDSAY, Supplement, p. 31. Neither suffices to characterize characterize the glosses, glosses, particularly particularly since traces traces of of an an insular insular Neither phase permeate permeate the the Carolingian Carolingian reception receptionofofVirgil Virgil:: C. C. H. Beeson, ""Insular Η. BESSON, Insular Symptoms the Commentaries Commentaries on on Vergil", Vergil", Studi medievali medievali n.s. 5(1932) 81-100 81-100 and and toms in the n.s. 5(1932) e " La redécouverte aux VIII et IXe siècles d'après d'après les les manuL. Holtz, ΗoLrz, "La redécouve rt e de Virgile Virgile aux VIII° et IΧ° scrits conservés, " Lectures de l'Í?cοle l'École française de Lectures médiévales sc rits conservés," médiévales de Virgile, Collection de Rome, (Rome, 1985), 1985), pp. Seetoo toobelow, below,section section5.5. Rome, 80 (Rome, pp. 9-30, 9-30, here here 11-15. 11-15. See

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

10

their particular particular needs. They tend tend to to be bemore moresystematic systematic than than their needs. They 19 might be expected . All abbreviate by suspension, usually might be expected 19. All abbreviate by suspension, usually marked by by aaraised raisedpoint: point: "Gre(cus)", "Tro(ianus)", "in-" or or marked "Gre(cus) ", "Tro(ianus) ", "in-" " inf(ernum) ", ", "h(omo)"m. " h(omo) "20. "inf(ernúm) The glosses' script usually uses uncial "a"; "a"; open open "a" "a" (u) (u) is is The glosses' script usually uses uncial quite rare (gloss on Aen. 2.647; 8.696). Among alternate letter 2.647; 8.696). Among alternate letter quite rare (gloss on forms are arethe the" "ae" ligatureand and" "e"; straight" "d" predominates, forms ae " ligature e "; straight d " predominates, but uncial "d" "d" occurs occurs occasionally occasionally at at word word beginnings beginnings and andmore more but uncial frequently in mid-word; í-longa i-longa is is frequent frequent in in word wordbeginnings beginnings frequently in mid-word; and occurs occurs within withinwords words("("Troiana", "-tim"), whenprepreand Troiana ", "-tim "), especially especially when ceded by by aa broad-shouldered broad-shouldered "r", "r", as as in inprecaroline precarolinecursive; cursive;"i" "i" ceded sometimes descends the "ei" "ei" combination combination and and as as aa final final letter letter sometimes descends in in the following a "t" or or "c"; "c"; "r" "r" takes takes two two forms: forms: the thenormal normaltwotwofollowing a "t" stroke "r" "r" which occasionally descends descends below below the the line line and and often often stroke which occasionally has a a wide wide shoulder, shoulder, and and aa form formsometimes sometimes written written with withthree three has strokes, in which the the initial initial trait trait descends descends deeply, deeply, the thesecond second strokes, in which ascends from from the the bottom bottom of of the the first first stroke stroke and and the thethird, third,downdownascends ward, stroke This form form also also occurs occurs in in"re" "re" ward, stroke isis short short and and sharp. sharp. This ligatures. Uncial Uncial ""N" few times times at at beginning beginning and and occurs alone alone aa few Ν " occurs ligatures. mid-word. One of the gloss gloss script's script's most most distinctive distinctive characteristics characteristics is is its its One of the wide usage usage of of ligatures ligatures and and various various attached attachedletters, letters, the thelatter latterfrefrewide quently violating two-line space space in in aamanner manner quently violating observance observance of of the the two-line reminiscent cursive, and and in in keeping keeping with with the the script's script's personal personal reminiscent of of cursive, character. r 73rA) The most most frequent frequent ligature ligature is is "re" "re" (see (see f.f. 73 A) which which occurs occurs The at all all positions positions in in words words practically practically every every time time the the letters letters are are at found together; its Alfound together; its "r" "r" sometimes sometimes descends descends below below the the line. line. Alr most as frequent frequent is is the the "lí" " li " combination combination (e. (e. g. g.f.f.67r), 67 ), in in which whichthe the most as "i" often descends deeply deeply below below the the line line(f. (f.186r), 186r), or or occasionally, occasionally, "í" often descends the "1" "1" rides and above above the the two-line two-line space, space, as as ititoccasionoccasionthe rides high high in in and ally does does when when connected connected to to aa following following "a". "a". Straight Straight"st" "st"ligaligaally ture is usual in all positions. positions. The The ligature ligature "NT" "NT" is is also also common. common. ture is usual in all "ex" ligature. ligature. Very Veryoccaocca"&" occurs occurs within within words, words, as as does does the "ex" sionally we we find find the the ligatures ligaturesfor for"or", "or","rae", "rae","rt", "rt","eri", "eri", as aswell well sionally

" Cf. Cf. Lindsay, NoIae, pp. 416-17. LnmsAY, Notae, On the the usual usual abbreviation abbreviation for "homo" "homo" see see Lινι Lindsay, Notae, pp. 103-5; 103-5; probaprobaOn sλυ, lotae, ble "n(omen) "n(omen)"" (6.773) surprising (Lindsay, (Lindsay, p.p.417). 417). (6.773) is not surprising ble 19

20 m

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

11

as as two two or or three three instances instances of ofan aninteresting interestingrendition rendition of of"rre", "rre",inin which the the double double "r" "r" resembles resembles aa modern modern "w"; "w"; "t" "t" usually usually conconwhich r tinues without without break break into into aa descending descending "r" "r" (f. (f. 991Ρ). ). tinues Very often the scribe scribe does does not not lift lift the thestylus stylusbetween betweenindividuindividuVery often the thereby producing producing aa script script of ofdistinctive distinctiveconnectedness connectedness al letters, thereby and loaded loaded with with traps traps for for transcribers. transcribers. Letters Letters which whichcontinue continue and directly into Thus the the directly into the the following following letter letter are are extremely extremely frequent. frequent. Thus horizontal of "t" or "e" "e" connects connects with with the thenext nextletter letter("eta" ("eta"on on horizontal of "t" r v v r 67r,, 83v, 79 , "ta" 107 and 136 ); so of "r" "r" ("ra" ("ra" 67 79r, "ta" on on 1071 and 136V); so the the shoulder shoulder of "rí" 109r, and the 91r; "ri" 109r, 186x) 186r) and the interesting interesting way way— - decidedly decidedlyreminisreminis91r; cent in which which the the shoulder cent of of earlier earlier cursive cursive — - in shoulder of of the the"r" "r" runs runsinto into the the middle middle of of an an í-longa i-longa (not (not on onplates: plates;see seef.f.93" 93v on on Aen. 3.333, The stylus stylus was 147r on was not not lifted lifted between between the thecomplecompleon Aen. 6.517). The 147Τ tion tion of of e. e. g. g. the the"n" "n" and and the thebeginning beginning of ofthe the"p" "p"inin"inperans" "inperans" (67r); so the "c" "c" continues continues to to the the initial initial stroke stroke of ofthe the"u" "u" on on so too the (67r); 83' or "co" on 791• 83v or "co" are are linked linked on 79v. The The tongue tongue of of the the"e" "e" usually usuallyconcontinues into into the the first first stroke stroke of of"n" "n" (1238) (123v) or or "m"; "m"; sometimes sometimes too too itit tinues connects with with "p", "p", deep deep "r", "r", "c" "c" and and "x" "x" (1250; (125v); in in all all these thesecases, cases, connects the the eye eye of of "e" "e" protrudes protrudes above above the thetwo-line two-linespace. space. a a " isis usually Among individual of "a" usually Among individualletter letter forms, forms, the the bow bow of round and attaches to the middle middle of of the theslanted slanted diagonal; diagonal; "c" "c" round and attaches to the tends tends to to be be narrow narrow and and have have aa flattish flattish top; top; the the shaft shaftof of"e" "e"shoots shoots out and and up; up; "f" "f" and and straight straight "s" "s" usually usually descend, descend, often oftendeeply; deeply; out "g "s lower lower bow bow is is often "g"'s often open open and and placed placed aa little little to to the the right right of of the the upper upper bow; bow; in in "h", "h", "m", "m", and and "n" "n" the the humps humps separate separate from from the the vertical vertical at at the the latter's latter's base; base; "1"s "F's bottom bottom isisoften oftenrounded; rounded;"x" "x" is is often often wide, wide, regularly regularly has has an an inward inward flag flagon onthe theright-side right-side 141rr for for both) stroke's upper upper end end (see (see 141 both) and and usually usually stays stays within within the the stroke's two-line space. its unusual unusual features, features, this this interesting interesting specimen specimenof ofCarCarall its For all olingian minuscule minuscule comes comes from from the the ninth ninthcentury: century: individual individual letletolingian ter ter forms, forms, the the array array of of alternate alternate letters letters and and the the panoply panoply of ofliving living ligatures leave The problem problem is is where where ligatures leave no no doubt doubt on on that that question. question. The and, connected with and, indissolubly indissolubly connected with localization, localization, when when within within the the ninth century PP was was glossed. glossed. There ninth century There may maybe beaacertain certain insular insular flaflavor in in the the angularity, angularity, verticality verticality and and occasional occasional slant slant to to left, left,the the vor long long "s" "s" and and "f", "f", the therounded rounded"1", "1", the the diving diving"í" "i"attached attachedtoto"1" "1" and a other letters letters and Butthe theflavor flavorisisexceedingly exceedingly and a few few other and features. features. But difficult difficult to to pin pin down: down : the the angularity angularity may may simply simply be be the the product product of of the writing writing materials materials and and the the technique technique they they imposed; imposed; long long "s" "s" the

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

12

and "f" "{" are characteristic characteristic of script of of the the period period21 cou21.. AA couand of gloss script ple of uncertain uncertain abbreviations abbreviations which which might might suggest suggest an an insular insular ple of connection could be be derivative. derivative. II have have been been unable unable to to find find aa close closeparallel parallel to tothis thisscript. script. There one place place where where II have have noted noted collaboration collaboration between between There is is only only one someone working working in dry dry point point and and the the ninth-century ninth-century ink ink correccorrecsomeone tions: 151r a dry dry point point marginal marginal cross cross marked marked the the spot spot tions: on f.f. 151r between Aen. 6.701 and 703 where the ink signe de renvoi was to renvoi was to 6.701 and 703 where the ink be placed placed for But there there is is no no way way to to be be be for the the missing missing verse verse 702. 702. But certain marking is is connected connected with with the the other other annoannocertain that that so so simple simple aa marking tations. Despite Despite some some slight slight affinity affinitybetween between the thedry drypoint pointgloss gloss tations. script and handful of of s. s. ix ix ink ink annotations annotations in in P, P, II see seeno nocomcomscript and the the handful 22 pelling connection connection and and aanumber numberofofdifferences differences between them . pelling between them 22. But a far far more more authoritative authoritative negative negative finding finding comes comes from from the the But kindness of Prof. Bernhard Bernhard Bischoff: Bischoff: the the gloss gloss hand hand cannot cannot be be kindness of Prof. correlated with the phases of the Lorsch script. This merits some correlated with the phases of the Lorsch script. This merits some emphasis, given widespread assumption has been been at at emphasis, given the the widespread assumption that that PP has that monastery monastery since since the the ninth ninth century. century. Secondly Secondly Prof. Prof.Bischoff Bischoff that cannot associate associate the the gloss gloss hand hand with withother otherknown knownCarolingian Carolingian cannot scriptoria. In his opinion, the glosses could have been writtenin in scriptoria. In his opinion, the glosses could have been written 23 23. the middle middle or or second second half half of of the the ninth ninth century century . the In sum, the the palaeography palaeography of the the dry dry point point glosses glossesprovides provides In negative evidence connection with Lorsch and, and, as as yet, yet, no no negative evidence on on aa connection with Lorsch positive conclusion conclusion on on their their origin origin and and the theninth-century ninth-centurywhereawhereapositive bouts of of P. P. Some Some aspects aspects of of the the script script may may point point to to aaplace placeunder under bouts distant insular insular influence; influence; but butpotentially potentiallyinsular insularabbreviations abbreviations distant may be explicable in we shall shall see. see. may be explicable in another another way, way, as as we

21

Paläographie des and des abendländischen B. Bischoff, des römischen rômischenAltertums Altertums und ahendlàndischen BIscxoFFF, Palàographie Β. Mittelalters (Berlin, 1979), 1979), p. 155. 155. Mittelalters 21

22

Next to to similarly similarly high high ascenders ascenders and and deep deepdescenders descendersand andthe theprotruding protruding Next tongue of "e, "e",the theink inkscript scriptdiffers differsbybyitsitsword wordseparation, separation,more morepronounced pronounced tongue different ""1", Onthis this angularity, different 1 ", different different ""a-e" a-e "ligature, ligature, insularesque ""g" g " etc. etc. On Lowe, CIA 1,99 new 1,99 and and Bischoff, ""Lorsch", Lorsch ",p.p.77, 77,n.n.88. 88. Nor does the new script, see Lowe, script show some some characteristic characteristic features features of of that that ofofthe theninth-century ninth-centuryVirgil Virgilmost most script closely relatedtotoP,P,Wolfenbüttel WolfenbüttelGud. Gud.70,70,(open (open a "swith with" t" ", t ",""ii"" and and "" r "). On closely related " a" "s "). On below, n. n. 62. 62. this script see below, 23 II am Prof. Bischoff Bischoff for for generously generously examining examining photos photos of ofthis this 23 am grateful grateful to Prof. several letters letters about about itit and and the the glosses. glosses. script and for several 22

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction Introduction

13 13

TheTIRONIAN Tironian NOTES Notes 2. THE Like other ninth-century ninth-century Virgil Virgil glosses, glosses, the the Palatine Palatine annotaannotaLike tions occasionally use the ancient ancient stenography stenographyrevived revivedby byCarolinCarolingian copyists. copyists. Even ink the the notes notes are arenotoriously notoriously gian Even when when written in ink 24•. difficult to decipher; decipher; dry dry point point only only compounds compounds the thedifficulty difficulty24 difficult glosses which may be in in stenography, stenography, some some of of I have observed 25 glosses multiple notes. notes. 13 13 have been resolved resolved in in whole whole or or which contain multiple 25.. in part, which which is is sufficient sufficient to to indicate indicate their their character character25 in The notes' distribution roughly mirrors mirrors those those of of the the glosses glosses in in The general. Nothing Nothing about about them them suggests suggests divergence divergence from from the the general. longhand annotators. The type type of of material material contained contained in in them them isis longhand annotators. The chiefly lexical conforms to the the glosses glosses written written out out in inlonglongchiefly lexical and and conforms hand: one overlap gives an identical explanation for an identical hand : one overlap gives identical explanation for an identical ThatP's P'snotes notesdo doindeed indeedcome come from from the thesame samecamcamlemma26 26.. That paign as the other other glosses glosses is demonstrated demonstrated by the the fact fact that that some some paign longhand words incorporate incorporate Tironian Tironian notes, notes, while while another another gloss gloss longhand has additional additional explanatory explanatory wording the has wording equally equally written written in in the notes27 . 27 . The deciphered generally fit forms depicted depicted in in the the The deciphered notes notes generally fit the forms classical collections Kopp and and Schmitz Schmitz28 fewapparent apparent 28.. AAfew classical collections of of Kopp divergences may flanked divergences maybe benoted: noted:the theusual usualending endingfor for"-tur" "-tur isis flanked by a pair pair of of points points (Aen. (Aen.l.l, ending is is placed placed 2.1, "flectitur"); "flectitur"); the ending by 24 24

In addition addition to to dry dry point pointannotations annotationsininMSS MSSon onTironian Tironiannotes, notes.Prof. Prof.BisBisidentified two two other othercases casesof ofglosses glossescomparable comparabletotoP's P'sininwhich, which,ca. ca.800, 800, choff has identified point glosses glosses were were scratched scratched ininCarolingian Carolingian minuscule minuscule and andTironian Tironiannotes: notes; dry point Bonif. 11 and andCologne, Cologne,Dombibl. Dombibl.35, 35," "1Jber Über Einritzungen Einritzungen",",pp. pp.89-90. 89-90. Fulda, Bonif. 25 25 For the certain certain or orpossible possible Tironian Tironian notes noteswholly whollyor orpartially partiallyresolved, resolved,see see Aen. 1.343, 1.591, 2.1, 2.2, 2.24, 2.27, 2.37, 2.38, 2.38, 2.131, 2.131, 2.564, 2.564, 1.343, 1.581, 1.581, 1.591, below, edition at Aen. 2.694, 2.798, or 2.694, 2.798, 3.11, 3.11,3.13, 3.13,3.68, 3.68,3.153, 3.153,3.239 3.239and and6.682. 6.682. For For unresolved, unresolved, uncertain or notes, see see Appendix Appendix 22 at at Aen. Aen. 2.3, 2.5, 3.8, 7.243, 7.243, 7.785, 7.785, 9.58. 9.58. only possible Tironian notes, See as well Appendix Appendix 33 for marginal marginal signs signs resembling resemblingTironian Tironiannotes. notes. See 26 26 The second Tironian Tironian note on on Aen. "exitium" with with Aen. 2.125 2.125 (f. (f. 71r) 71r) glosses glosses "exítium" The second glosses on Aen. Aen. 5.625 7.129. 5.625 and 7.129. "peccatum"; cf. the longhand glosses 27 27 Aen. 2.38 prefix of of""perforare", and Aen. Aen. 6.682 2.38 on on ""terebrare", terebrare ", where the prefix perforare ", and numerabat "are areeach eachwritten writtenininTironTironon " recensebat recensebat ",",where where the the verb verb ending ending of ""numerabat" ian notes. At Aen. gloss "sordídare "sordidare explicatur", explicatur", the the second second word word isis 2.55, in in the gloss ian notes. At Aen. 2.55, the note. note. written with the 28 U. F. KoPP, Kopp, Palaeographic Palaeographia critica 2 (Mannheim, (Mannheim, 1817) 1817) cited (reprinted critica 2 cited here (reprinted 28 U. Osnabruck, 1965) Commentartí notarum notarum tironianarum tironianarum Tironianum, Osnabrück, 1965) and Commentarii as Lexicon Lexicon Tironianum, W.] Schmitz Schmitz (Leipzig, (Leipzig, 1893). 1893). ed. G. [= W.]

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

14

higher than the the illustrations illustrations of of Kopp Kopp and and Schmitz Schmitz would would suggest suggest higher than in "gemens" (Aen. 2.2); vertical descender descender of of the the verb verb stem stem isis 2.2); the the vertical in "gemens" decidedly "dirigere" (2.37) (2.37) and the ending's ending's form form isis decidedly deeper deeper in in "dirigere" and the more angular. The Thelatter latterfeatures featurescorrespond correspond to tothe thepalaeograpalaeogramore angular. phical traits traits of the longhand longhand script. script. The Theprefix prefixofof"perforare" "perforare" phical of the (2.38) is preceded by clear lowered lowered point, point, as as though though this thiswere were (2.38) is preceded by aa clear the note note for for "per "per tempus". tempus".29 In "peccatum" "peccatum" (2.131), (2.131), the the ending ending is is the 29 In placed across across the the long long horizontal horizontal trait trait of of the the note note for for "p" "p" rather rather placed than below below it it30 thegloss gloss"circumeo" "circumeo" (2.564), (2.564), the the note note for for than 30.. InInthe "eo" appears to be rotated slightly counterclockwise, so that the "eo" appears to be rotated slightly counterclockwise, so that the left-hand stroke stroke is is nearly nearly vertical. vertical. left-hand The of Tironian Tironian notes notes adds adds two two further further pieces pieces to tothe thepuzpuzThe use use of zle of of the the Palatine Palatine Virgil. Virgil. ItItsuggests suggestsaarather ratherhigh highlevel levelof ofwritwritzle ten culture these glosses glosses originated. originated. How Howfar far ten culture in in the the center center where where these and under under what circumstances Tironian Tironian notes notes spread spread in in the the ninth ninth and what circumstances century needs needs further further study study31 At present, present, use use of of the the notes notes is is century 31.. At reckoned to have been been much much more more common common ininthe theCarolingian Carolingian reckoned to have empire's French French territories territories than than across across the the Rhine Rhine32 empire's 32. The The specific specific case case of of glossed glossed Virgil Virgil MSS MSS seems seems to to confirm confirm this this general general pattern. pattern. Prior to the new new find find in inP, P,every everyother otherglossed glossedCarolingian CarolingianVirgil Virgil Prior to the containing Tironian Tironian notes has been been palaeographically palaeographically ascribed ascribed or or containing notes has 33 proven to to be be of ofFrench Frenchorigin origin33. . proven .

3. 3.

Languages Glosses LANGUAGES of OF the THE GLOSSES

The overwhelming majority majority of of the the new new glosses The overwhelming glosses are are written written in in Latin. They redolent of of late late Latin Latin (e. (e. g. g. "mensu" mensuLatin. They reveal reveal aa language language redolent ra vimus",",3.157) Protoromance developments, we might might ravimus 3.157) or or Protoromance developments, as as we 29 29

Cf. KOPP, Kopp, Palaeographia critica, 2.263. Palaeographic critica, Cf. Cf. SeκMτrz, Schmitz, Commentarii, Commentaríi, 34, 99. Cf. 31 31 Down Down to to the the eighth eighth century, century, see see D. D. GANZ, Ganz, *" Bureaucratic Shorthand and Shorthand and Learning ", ", in in Ideal and and Reality RealityininFrankish Prankishand andAnglo-Saxon Anglo-SaxonSociety, Society, Merovingian Learning 1983), pp. pp. 58-75. 58-75. WORMALD et al. (Oxford, 1983), ed. P. Wormald 32 32 Βιscηοrρ, Bischoff, Palàographie, 105. Paliíographie, p. 105. 33 luik Olsen, Oisne, ètude, The careful careful descriptions descriptions of Munk Étude, 2.703-755 fol2.703-755 provide provide the fol33 The lowing list: Bern, Bern, Burgerbibl. Burgerbibl. 165 165 (Tours: (Tours: donor's donor's inscription inscriptionand andmarginalia); marginalia);EinEinsiedeln, Stiftsbibl. 365 365 (Msc. (Msc. 220), 220), (France: (France: Bischoff); Bischoff); Melk, Stiftsbibl. Fragm. Fragm. s. s. n. Bischoff); Oxford, Oxford, Bod!. Bodl. Libr. Libr. Auct. Auct. F.2.8, F.2.8, (France, (France, possibly possiblySt. St.GermainGermain(France: Bischoff); 7925 (prov.: des-Prés: Bischoff); Paris, Paris, B.N. B.N. lat. 7925 (prov.; St. St. Martial, Martial, Limoges); Limoges); B.N. B.N. des-Prés: Bischoff); should be be added added Gud. Gud. lat. 70. 7926;; to which should lat. 7926 30

30

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction Introduction

15 15

expect in many Carolingian Carolingian circles, particularly in notes notes of of aa expect circles, and particularly private character. The choice choice of words words glossed glossed sends sends aa subtle subtle private character. The semantic signal; words with with scant scant Romance Romance semantic signal: the lemmas are often words progeny. Conversely the gloss itself may be a word which surprogeny. Conversely the gloss itself may be a word which survives in Romance. For Forinstance, instance,"hisco" "hisco"isisexplained explainedby by"aperío" "aperio" vives in Romance. C4e«. "iubaeque" by "capilli" "capilli" (2.206), (2.206), "eximet" "eximet" by by"dimit"dimit3.314), "iubaeque" (Aen. 3.314), ió" (9.447), (9.447), «potiti" "potiti" by by "dominati" "dominati" (3.278), (3.278), "depromunt" "depromunt" by by to" "leuant" (5.501), Semantically, the the "leuant" (5.501), "nutrix" "nutrix"by by "nutricia" "nutricia"(4.362). (4.362). Semantically, glosses fit the the same same late late antique antique or or early early medieval medieval mold. IfIf"Afri" Africanus" as an ethnic ethnic noun noun raises raises no noeyebrows, eyebrows,the theprobable probablereadreadcanus" "capellum" for for "tiaras" "tiaras" (7.247; (7.247; cf. cf. "chapeau") "chapeau") or or"stratura" "stratura" ing "capellum" glossing "faleris" "faleris" (5.310) late date date and and are are familiar familiarin in glossing (5.310) point point to to a late Carolingian Latinity. Latinity. Α A few 'words words are extremely extremely rare rare and and notenoteworthy: "deseperat" "deseperat" or or""dis(s)eperat" "inmeabilis" (6.27) (6.27) dis(s>eperat " (7.227); "inmeabilis" and ""inuindicata" Supercomposition occurs occurs (7.227)'. (7.227)34. and inuindicata "(3.628). (3.628). Supercomposition There is first declension declension nominative nominative plural plural in in There is one case at least of aa first "-s" ("filias": Aen. 4.179). The use use of ofthe theaccusative accusative for for an an ablaabla4.179). The "-s" little surprise surprise ("multum ("multum loquens loquensininpotum potum", 1.536). tive occasions little ", 1.536). The spelling of the glosses shows interesting patterns. The spelling of the glosses shows interesting patterns. Among vowels, "i" becomes becomes "e" "e" in in "legantem" "legantem" (Aen. {Aen. 5.279; S.219-, Among vowels, short "i" contrast 5.364); 5.364); "aetiam" "aetiam" (5.56) (5.56) or, or, probably, probably, "baellator" "baellator" occur occur contrast alongside "etiam", "etiam", "case" (1.421), "estimas" inalongside "case" (1.421), "estimas" (6.97) (6.97) and and all inof "Grecus"; "Grecus"; "penitet" "penitet" (5.678) (5.678) alongside alongside"poenae" "poenae"(3.407). (3.407). stances of "I" for "y" (2.549). (2.549). "Seperauit" "Seperauit" and and "deseperat" "deseperat" both both "I" is is written for appear likely, sure (5.467 (5.467 and and 7.227), 7.227), while while once once in in three three appear likely, if if not sure write «Appallo" "Appallo" (3.162). (3.162). "Obedire" "Obedire" is is the the occurrences the glosses write glosses' regular regular form form (2.607, (2.607, 4.238). 4.238). The Theglossators glossatorsoccasionally occasionally glosses' have some some troubles troubles with with aspiration, aspiration, writing writing "Ahcilles" "Abeilles" once once have (2.469), correcting P's "Noti" to "Nohti" (3.268), and aspirating (2.469), correcting P's "Noti" to "Nohti" (3.268), and aspirating "habundantia"35 Among consonants, consonants, "b" "b" becomes becomes voiceless voiceless in in "habundantía" 35.. Among " y "

34 34 "Dirimit" appears to to be be glossed glossed as as "deseperat" or, possibly, possibly, "di(s)seperat" " deseperat " or, " di(s)seperat " Dirimit appears (on the glosses glosses'' problem problem with with geminate geminate consonants, consonants, see The latter latter isis see below). below). The (on the attested in more popular popular writings writings of late late antiquity: antiquity: cf. cf. testimonia testimonia inin T.L.L. attested in more T.L.L. 5.1(1909-1934) 1458. Reginald of of Coldingham Coldingham (ob. (ob. ca ca.. 1173), 1173), associates associates "dissepa5.1(1909-1934) 1458. Reginald " disseparare"" precisely precisely with with "dirimit": of Medieval MedievalLatin Latinfrom fromBritish BritishSources Sources " dirimit " : Dictionary of rare 3(London, 1986) On supercomposed supercomposed verbs verbs in in late late and and popular popular Latin, Latin, e.g. e.g. 3(London, 1986)694. 694. On V. Vaananen, au latin latinvulgaire, vulgaire, Bibliothèque Bibliothèque française française et et romane, romane. A, A, 6, 6, Introduction au V. Väánänen, Introduction (Paris. 33 1981), 1981), p. p. 95. (Paris, 35 3S The The last last two two are arenot notwithout withoutCarolingian Carolingian parallel: parallel: thus thus Moduin Moduin of of Autun Autun may have have spelled spelled ""Nothus" (Ecloga 2.75, ed. E. E. Diimmier, Dümmler, MGH MGH Poet. 1(1881) 1(1881) 389); 389); may Nothus " (Ecloga "

"

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

16 16

Michael McCormick McCormick Michael

"uenapulum" and drops drops out out("praesumtionem" ("praesumtionem" 9.329; 9.329; uenapulum" (5.307) (5307) and "temtant" 2.443; 2.443; cf. cf.however however7.125 7.125" consumptis "consumptis"); intervocalic "temtant" ") ; intervocalic "b" looks "u" once (4.603). (4.603). Geminate Geminate "b" looks as as if it may have become a "u" consonants occasion variation: the the glosses glosses certainly certainly write write consonants occasion some variation: "Affricanos" contrast 1.527) 1.527) and and certainly certainly("Achiles" ("Achiles" "Affricanos" once (6.858; contrast 2.261; "pinarum" "pinarum" 3.361) probably treat treat geminates geminates incorrectly incorrectly 2.261; 3.361) or probably other times (e. (e. g. g. 3.153, 3.153, 6.104) 6.104)36 . Though some of the most telling 36. Though some of the most telling general usage usage appears appears to to prefixes are not represented, the glosses' general fit the the ninth ninthcentury's century'strend trendtoward towardassimilation assimilation(" ("accipiunt" fit accipiunt" 4.592; "collego" "offertis" 4.50) 4.50)37 "in" is never never 4.592; "collego" 3.17; "offertis" 37. However However "in" assimilated ("inmeabilis" 6.27; "inmunda" 4.195; "inperans" assimilated (" inmeabilis " 6.27; "inmunda" 4.195; "inperans" 1.738). Though medieval medieval spelling patterns patterns are are sometimes sometimes dismissed dismissed Though chaotic and and insignificant, insignificant, regional regional patterns patterns in in early early medieval medieval as chaotic orthography have attracted some attention, attention, chiefly chiefly in inmanuscripts manuscripts antedating the Carolingian Carolingian reforms reforms38 Traube first firstdelineated delineated antedating 38.. Traube usage and and B. B. Löfstedt Lòfstedt has has most mostaccurateaccuratestriking patterns patterns of Irish usage circumscribed its characteristics; in glosses, the the rerely circumscribed its characteristics; in the the new glosses, placement of "o" by "a" once in the word "Apollo" (3.162) may placement "o" by "a" once in the word "Apollo" (3.162) may hint in this this direction direction39 Theevidence evidence to to date date suggests suggests that that the the hint 39.. The absolute appearance particular spelling spelling is, is, with with some someexcepexcepabsolute appearance of a particular "

.

for "" habundantia " etc. O. 0. Prinz Wòrterbuch, 11(Munich, (Munich, 1967) 1967) PRINZ ed. Mittellateinisches Mittellateinisches Wörterbuch, habundantia " 66ff. 66ff. 36 36 D. D. Norberg, gemManuel pratique pratique de de latin latin médiéval médíév αl (Paris, 1968), p. 52 notes gemNORBBRG, Manuel inate consonants as a troublesome area for Carolingian Carolingian scholars. Thenew newglosses' glosses' scholars. The particular problems not fit fit the theinsular insularpattern, pattern, particular problems with with geminate geminate consonants consonants do do not which affects affects" "s"/"ss". which s " Ι" ss ". 37 37 See See O. PRuiz, Prinz, "" Zur Práfixassimilation im antiken und im friihmittelalterlichfriihmittelalterlichΡräfixassimílatiοn ím en Latein", Latein", Archivum latinitatis medii medii aevi aevi 21(1951) 3-28; Archivum latinitatis 21(1951) 87-115 87-115 and and 23(1953) 23(153) 3-28; en B. überdie dieSprache Sprache der der Langοbαrdíschen Langobardischen Gesetze, Gesetze, Studia Studien ber Studia latina B. LOfstedt, LönrΕnr, Studien Upsaliensia, 1, 1, (Stockholm, 1961), 1961), pp. pp. 182-206 182-206 and and J. J. Gribomont, GRunoiowr, "Conscience Conscience philologique chez les scribes du haut moyen age", âge", La Bibbia nell'alto nell'alto medioevo, medioevo, SettiLa Bibbia logique mane di studio studio del del centro centro ita italiano studi sull'alto sull'alto medioevo medioevo 10 10(Spoleto, (Spoleto, 1963), 1963), liano di studi mane pp. 601-630. 601-630. pp. 38 3$ P. B. CoRBETT, Corbett, " Local Latin MSS", MSS ", Studia Studia patristipatristi"LocalVariations VariationsofofSpelling Spelling in in Latin Ρ. B. ca, 1, Texte (Berlin, 1957), 1957), 188-193 188-193 and 1. R. Gill, "The Untersuchungen, 63 63 (Berlin, and I. R. Ginn, The Texte und Untersuchungen, c$, Orthography Ashburnham Pentateuch Latin Manuscripts Manuscripts of of the the Orthography of of the Ashburnham Pentateuch and other Latin Proto-Romance Period", Institute Institute of of Classical Classical Studies, Studies, Bulletin Bulletin 23(1976) 27-44. 27-44. Late Prot o-Romance Period", One Gill's essential that relative relative frequencies frequencies of ofphenomena phenomenarather rather One of Gill's essential conclusions is that than mere presence or absence of of aa certain certain spelling spelling are are the themost mostreliable reliableguide. guide. than 39 39 B. B. LOκsrΕιrr, LOfstedt, Der Der hibemolateinische hibernolateinische Grammatiker Grammatiker Malsachanus, Malsachanus, Studia latina Upsaliensia, 1965), pp. 86-107; 86-107; on o)a, o)a, ibid., ibid., p. 9 (" (" Appalloní Appalloni"). "). Upsaliensia, 3 (Uppsala, 1965),

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

17

Introduction

tuns, tions, less less significant significantthan thanits itsrelative relativefrequency frequencyin inrelation relationto toothother er patterns. patterns. The The new new glosses glosses provide provide too too small small áa sample sample for for much much certainty certainty in this this regard, regard, though though their their spelling spelling patterns patterns do do 40.. bear bear comparison with certain certain other other Carolingian Carolingian witnesses witnesses40 Old High much greater greater rarity, rarity, the the 16 certain Old Except for their much distribution in in the the MS MS doesn't doesn't appear appearto to German glosses' physical distribution differ from that that of of the differ substantially substantially from the Latin Latin glosses, glosses, since since they they 41.. Over occur in every every book book from 7, except except for for 2241 Overone-third one-third occur from 11 to 7, r v (6) on f. 123r-124 (6) of them do, however, however, cluster cluster on 123 -124 . Whether Whether this thisisis 358, a more more because of knotty knotty semantic semantic problems problems in in Aen. 5.280 5.280-358, because favorable state state of preservation favorable preservation of the the folios folios in inquestion, question, or orsimply simply because of aa greater greater interest interest or or inclination inclination on on the thepart partof ofthe theglosglossator sator is unclear. unclear. The Thesemantic semanticzones zonescovered coveredby bythe thevernacular vernacular tongue tend (" ("dung", dung ", "boar ", "stumble ") tend totothe theconcrete concrete "boarbristle bristle", "stumble") with a bit bit of of abstract abstract (" ("in The readings readings that that II have have been been in vain"). vain "). The able able to establish do not not appear appear to to lend lend themselves themselves to toaadefinitive definitive 42.. The discernment the glosses' glosses' dialectal dialectal character character42 The OHG discernment of of the glosses are are in in the the same same script script as asthe theother otherdry drypoint pointannotations. annotations. presence of OHG OHG inclines inclines naturally naturally toward toward aa region region The presence where this language was spoken. spoken. But Butthe therather ratherremarkable remarkablegeogeographic mobility graphic mobility that that crops crops up up in inCarolingian Carolingian sources sourcescautions cautions against translating this general likelihood into aa map against translating this map of ofmodernmodern43 day day Germany, Germany, or even even the theGermanic-speaking Germanic-speaking regions regions 43.. ChrisChris-

40 40 Most Most of of the the patterns patterns observed observed in the the glosses glosses recur recur in in the theSacramentary Sacramentary of of Autun (Berlin, works of of Agobard Agobard of of (Berlin, Deutsche Deutsche Staatsb., Staatsb., Phillipps Phillipps 1667) 1667) and and in the works Lyons, theconcordances concordancesprepared preparedbybythe theCETEDOC CETEDOCatatLouvain-laLouvain-laLyons, judging from the Neuve: Liber sacramentorum Augustodunensis, Instrumenta lexicologíca lexicológica latina, latina, sersersacramentorum Augustodunensis, Neuve: Liber ies A. (Tumhout, 1984) to L. L. Vλν Van Acker, Agobardi LugLug1984) and and that attached to AcxnR, ed. Agobardi Α. 21, 21, (Turnhout, opera omnia, omnia, CCL, CCL, Cont. Somewhat less less convergence convergence Cont.Med. Med.5252(1981). (1981). Somewhat dunensis opera appears Paschasius Radbertus' Radbertus' Expositio in in Matheo, Matheo, Instrumenta lexicologica lexicológica appears in Paschasius latina, A 24 (Turnhout, (Turnhout, 1984) 1984) and the the Hibernolatin Hibernolatin Ars ambrosiana. ambrosiana, Instrumenta Α 24 lexicológica latina, A (Turnhout, 1982), 1982), on which see seeB.B.LöfLôfon the orthography of which lexícologica latina, Α 6 (Turnhout, ambrosiana, CCL CCL 133C(1982) viii. stedt, ed. Ars ambrosiana, 41 OHG glosses occur at at Aen. 1.318, 1.318, 3.50, 3.178, 3.182, 4.171, 4.406, 4.526, 4.526, 5.280, 5.280, 41 OHG 5.332, 5.333, 5.346, 5.358, 5.358, 6.16, 6.16, 6.205, 6.205, 7.17, 7.17, 7.90. 7.90. 5.332, 42 42 II am am grateful grateful here here for forthe theadvice adviceofofHartwig HartwigMayer. Mayer. 43 One sampling sampling from indicate what mean. EinEin43 One from one one source source will will suffice to indicate what II mean. hard is usually careful to identify the beneficiaries of of miracles miracles worked worked by by his his relics relics in Hessia from 827 to 829. 829. They Theyinclude includean anAlamannian Alamannianfrom fromthe theAargau, Aargau, somesomeone from Liège, someone someone from from Bourges, an Anglo-Saxon Anglo-Saxon and an an Aquitanian: Aquitanian: one from Translatio et miracula miracula Ss. Ss.Marcellini MarcellinietetPetri, Petri, ed. G. Waltz, Waitz, MGH MGH Sc Scriptores ed. G. ~ptores Transiatio

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

18

McCormick Michael McCormick

"44.

tian, at Fleury Fleury on onthe theLoire, Loire,spoke spoke" "German" Sotoo too tian, "custos" at German 44. So Count Hildebrand's Prankish Count Count Eccard Count Hildebrand's son, son, the the west Frankish Eccard who was buried at Fleury and and whose whose sister sister was was aanun nunatatFaremoutiers, Faremoutiers, buried at Fleury owned a German German gospel book which he he bequeathed bequeathed to to abbess abbess BerBertrada of of Faremoutiers Faremoutiers45 There isissome somereason reason to tothink think that that trada 45.. There Bavarian clergy accompanied their their compatriot compatriot Leidrad Leidrad (797/8(797/8Bavarian clergy accompanied 815/16) to the see of of Lyons Lyons46 . And And research research into into the the manuscript manuscript 815/16) to the 4ó. tradition of early Germanic Germanic glosses emphasized how how many many tradition of early glosses has emphasized show connections connections with with Corbie, Corbie, St. St. Omer, Omer, Reims Reims and and possibly possibly even even Vienne 47 47..

4. Marginalia MARGINALIA In the Aeneid, P contains other other marmarIn addition addition to to the glosses on the ginalia. If the New Testament Christological invocation written ginalia. the New Testament Chrístological invocation written inin clumsy rustic rustic capitals capitals on f. f. 68r 68r or number of of simple simple marginal marginal clumsy or a number marks little light light on on P's P's history, history, two twopersonal personalnames names marks as as yet throw little the upper upper margin margin of off.f.129r, 129r, above above Aen. Aen. 5.553, in the scratched into the same script as the glosses, glosses, offer offer aaprecious preciousnew newclue. clue. same script as the rest of the They in the the sunlight: sunlight: "Mudinus" "Mudinus" or or possibly possibly"Modinus" "Modinus" They are clear in is written just just above above "Framiarius". "Framiariws". 15.1(1887) 239-264, p. 251.24-25; 251.24-25; 3,10, 3,10, p. p. 251.26-27; 251.26-27; 3,5, 3,5, p.p.249.53; 249.53; 3,4, 3,4, 15.1(1887) 239-264, here here 3,9, p. p. 249.46-47; and 3,6, 249.46-47 ; and 3,6, p. 250.15-16 respectively. Ρ. 44 44 ADREVALD Adrevaldof Fleury, Míracula M ir acula S. S. Benedicti Benedicti (B.H.L. (B.H.L. 1123) 1123) 1,36, ed. E. E. de deCerCerOF FLEURY, de l'histoire l'histoire de de France France[96], [96],Paris, Paris,1858, 1858,p.p.49. 49. tain, Société de 45 undadliges adligesSelbstverständnis Selbstverstàndnisimim MitSciiim, Gebetsgedenken und Mit4s On On Eccard: K. Schmid, AusgewàhlleBeiträge Beitràge (Sigmaringen, 1983) 1983) pp. 227 and 566 566-71 71 ;;on on his his will of telalter. Ausgewählte P. Rτcnn, Riché, ""Les trois aaristocrates carolingiens". moyen ri st oc rates carolingiens ", Le moyen Les bibliothèques bibliothéques de trois ca. 876: P. âge 69 (1963) 87 87-104, pp. 101-103. 101-103. 104, here pp. âge 46 B. BISCHOFF, Bischoff, Die Die si südostdeutschen undBibliotheken Bibliotheken in der der KaKa46 Β. dostdeutschen Schreibschulen und rolingerzeit 2(Wiesbaden, 1980).211 1980).211 and andO. O. G. G. OExLE, Oexle, Forschungen zu monastischen monastischen rolingerzeit geistlichen Gemeinschaften Gemeinschaftenim im westfrànkischen Mittelwestfrânk ~schen Bereich, Münstersche Mittelund geistlichen alter-Schriften, 1978), p. p. 62. 62. 31 (Munich, 1978), alter Schriften, 31 47 U. BLECH, Blech, Germanistische Germanistische Glossenstudien aus französischen franzôsischen Glossenstudien zu Handschriften aus 47 U. Bibliotheken, Monographien Monographien zur Sprachwissenschaft, Sprachwissenschaft, 4 (Heidelberg, (Heidelberg, 1977), 1977), esp. esp. Bibliotheken, 437-455. Blech's map map of ofthe theMSS MSS(439) (439)suggests suggests that that these theseplaces places roughly roughly 455. Blech's pp. 437 parallel the The case case of of parallel the modern modern linguistic linguistic border, border, albeit albeitat ataa significant significant distance. distance. The Vienne, while tantalizing, tantalizing, is based based only only on on the the16th-century 16th-century provenance provenance of ofParis, Paris, Vienne, acq. lat. lat. 1132 1132 from fromSt. St.Pierre-hors-les-murs: Pierre-hors-les-murs :pp. pp.422-430. 422-430. B.N., nouv. acq. -

-

-

-

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction Introduction

19 19

That the these two two names namesin in That the same same script that glossed PP wrote these P's It is is possipossiP's margin margin shows shows some some connection connectionwith withthe the glosses. glosses. It ble, though though by by no no means means certain, certain, that that Mudinus Mudinus or or Modinus Modinus and and ble, Framiarius wrote Such aa mention mention of ofoneself oneselfin inVirgil Virgil Framiarius wrote the the glosses. glosses. Such not be bewithout withoutcontemporary contemporaryparallel: parallel:Berno, Berno,deadeaglosses would not St. Martin Martin of Tours and glossator of of Bern, Bern, Burgerbibliothek Burgerbibliothek con of St. 165, mentions mentions himself himself ("est ("est mihi mihi nomen nomen Berno Berno") the book's book's ") in the 165, 48 marginalia as well as in the dedication . On the other hand, marginalia as well in the dedication 48. On the other hand, itit are merely merely people people known known or orotherwise otherwisesigsigmay be be that the names are nificant to person or or persons persons who who glossed glossed PP around around the the midmidnificant to the person dle of the the ninth ninth century. century. In Ineither eithercase, case, the thenames namesprovide provide the the dle first direct and and substantial substantial evidence evidence of of P's P's circumstances circumstances before before first the Renaissance. The spelling Framiarius is Thefirst firstelement element The spelling of of Framiarius is enlightening. enlightening. The the personal personal name, name,"Framn-" "Framn-"or or""Fram-", excluof the Pram- ", occurs occurs almost exclusively in west west Frankish, Prankish, Visigothic Visigothic and Lombard Lombard evidence. evidence. The The sively Romanized biform biform of ofGermanic Germanic initial initial"h"; "h"; the theoriorifirst letter is aa Romanized "hramn-" (west (westFrankish Prankish"Chramn-") "Chramn-")from from"hraban" "hraban" ginal root isis "hramn-" (raven). Attestations Attestations of ofthis thisRomanized Romanizedspelling spellingininearly earlyGermanGerman(raven). areas are are rare rare and and considered considered to to point point to to the themigration migration easteastic areas their bearers bearers49 Thisinitial initialindication indication of ofaapersonal personalconconward of their 49.. This Romance-language area seems borne borne out out by by traces traces nection with a Romance-language anthroponym in in place place names names of ofPicardy, Picardy,Lorraine Lorraine and and HaiHaiof the ánthroponym not very very common, common, itit crops crops up up in in Though the the name itself is not naut50 50.. Though Champagne, of Paris, Paris, and and especially especially in in east eastcencenChampagne, some some 30 30 km km west west of 51 Frances1 . tral France 48 B. Μ. M. von SCARPATEAn Scarpatetti et al., al., Katalog Kaíalog der der datierten Handschriften Handschriften in der der 48 Β. Mittelalters bis 2(Zu~ch, 1983) Schweiz in in lateinischer Schriftvom vomAnfang Anfang des Mittelalters bis 1550, 2(Zurich, 1983) lateinischer Schrift 192, no. no. 530. 530. 192, 49 2 Namenbuch l(Bonn, 1900) 514 and esp. esp. 1(Βοnn 2 1900) 514 and 49 E. E. Fôrstemann, FBRSTEMANN, Altdeutsches Namenbuch (Munich, 1968), H. Kaufmann, Altdeutsche Personennamen. Ergànzungsband (Munich, 1968), Personennamen. Ergänzungsband H. KAUFMANN, 119-20. Cf. Cf.e.g. e.g.C.C.WELLS, Wells, "An Orthographic Approach Approach to to Early Early Frankish Prankish PerPerpp. 119-20. An Orthographic (1972(1973]) 101-164, sonal Names", Names", Transactions of the thePhilological PhilologicalSociety Society (1972[1973]) 101-164, here here Transactions of sonal p. 134. 50 50 M. T. ritoire de T. Morlet, Les noms de de personne personne sur surleleter territoire de l'ancienne l'ancienne Gaule Gaule MORLET, Les 2 2.1(Bonn? 1913) 3(Paris. 1985) 1985) 308; 308; Fôrstemann, Namenbuch 2.1(Bonn, 1913) 928-929 928-929 gives no no F~RSrεµλνν,Namenbuch 3(París, place names names derived derived from fromFramiarius. Framiarius. examples of place 51 51 Louvercy Louvercy (Mame), (Marne), "Frammierus": " Frammierus " : B. del'abbaye l'abbayedede Β. Guérard, GutRARD, Polyptyque de Saint-Remi de Reims, Reims, 28,64 (Paris, 1853), 1853), p. 105; 105; Paris: Paris: "Framneharius" "Framneharius" son of of 28,64 (Paris, Saint Remi de Madalbold, a domanial St. Germain, Germain, and Ermentrudis, Ermentrudis, ca. 820 820 at at Maule: Maule : domanal agent of St. B. Guérard, de l'abbi l'abbéIrminon, Irminon, 21,4, 2(Paris, 1844) 1844) 214. 214. Burgundy: Burgundy: Das 21,4, 2(Ρaris, GueRARD, Polyptyque de Β. -

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

20

McCormick Michael McCormick

The second name is even even more more fascinating. fascinating. Its Itsconstituent constituent The second name elements up immediately immediately Charlemagne's Charlemagne's poet poet and and Louis Louis elements conjure up Pious' faithful faithful supporter supporter Moduin, Moduin, bishop bishop of of Autun the Pious' Autun (815-after 840)52 Thename nameitself itselfisissomewhat somewhatmore morewidely widelyattested attested than than 52.. The Framiarius. In In toponyms, toponyms, this this name name seems seems to to have have left left traces traces in in Framiarius. central France, Alsace, Alsace, Normandy, Franconia53. PerPercentral France, Normandy, and and lower lower Franconia". sons bearing bearing this this name name are are attested attested as as benefactors benefactors of of Fulda Fulda in in sons 54 lower Franconia, Franconia, or or witnessing witnessingtransactions transactionsconcerning concerningSt. St.Gall Gall". . They also benefactor of Reichenau; Remiremont; Reichenau; at Remiremont; They also occur occur as aa benefactor making exchange and and donation donation of of land land at atFrankenthal Frankenthal with with making an an exchange

Verbrüderungsbuch der derAbtei Abtei Reichenau, ed. J. ΑυτEν~umrη, Autenrieth, D. GEUENICH Geuenich and ed. J. Verbrüderungsbuch necrologia, n.s. n.s. 1(Hanover, l(Hanover, 1979) 1979) 94D3 94D3 MGH Libri Libri memoriales memoriales et et necrologia, SCHMID, MGH K. Schmid, (Lyons) and 131D+ 131B+ (Langres); (Langres); cf. also for for "Framierius" "Framierius" at atLangres, Langres,P.P.Piper, Piper,MGH MGH Libri confraternitatum (Berlin, 1884), 1884), Confraternitates Confraternitates Sangallenses Sangallenses c.c.46, 46,p.p.27.51. 27.51. Libri In 937-938 937-938 a "Frameríus" " Framerius " held aa mansus at Fouffrans Fouffrans (Cóte (Còte d'Or) from from St. St. NazarlazarIn Cartulaire de l'Église d'Autun 1900) 5, no. 2; d Autun 3(Paris, 3(Ραrís, 1900) DE Charmasse, Cηλaµλ ssΕ, Cartulaire ius of Autun: A. Α. de between 987-996, 987-996, a "Frameríus" "Framerius" witnessed aa donation donation of ofproperty propertyininthe theMâ MâconεoηCluny : A. Bruel and A. Bernard, Recueil des chartes chartes de l'abbaye Cluny, Α. ΒzaνλιD, l'abbaye de Cluny, Α. BRUEL nais at Cluny: 3(Paris, 1884) The name name occurs in the the orbit orbit of of Remiremont for a 3(Paris, 1884)22, 22, no. no.1756. 1756. The " Framarus " at at the the monastery monasteryofofAnnegray, Annegray,ca. ca.862/3, 862/3,f. f.24rÁ3; 24rA3 as ; as" "FramerFramerpriest "Framarus" ius "" in non-localized company of of Deorulfus, Deorulfus, Harbert, Harbert, and and Raenram Raenram in ins.s.íxix2,2, in the non-localized jus r 38 A2; for a tributary tributary dependent "Framierus" "Framierus" of of Remiremont at Escles, ca. ca. 965, 965, f. 38rΑ2; r ibid, f. 67 , ed. benefactor of of Remiremont in the the 11th 11th 67r, ed. p. p. 143, 143, and and as as an unlocalized benefactor ibid, O, ed. ed. p. p. 153, 153, 1. v. century: f.f. C•, 52 52 On On the the name's name's elements elements and and distribution distribution see see Fôrstemann, FORSTEMANI, Namenbuch Namenbuch 1.1131 and Kaufmann, For the the identity identity of of"-in", "-in", Ergänzungsband, pp. pp. 259-260. 259-260. For 1.1131 Κπurµλνν,Ergànzungsband, "-oin", "-win", "-win", ibid. ibid. pp. Wells, "Orthographical "Orthographical Approach", Approach", e.g. Wells, pp. 404-406; cf. e.g. "-oin", p. 113. 113. On On the the poet poet and and bishop bishop see seebelow. below. p. 53 53 Moιu.EΤ, Morlet, Noms de personne KAUFMANN, Ergànzungsband, Ergänzungsband, p. 260. personne 3.414; Kaufmann, 54 Die Klostergemeinchaft Klostergemeinschaftvon vonFulda Fuldaimim früheren Mittelalter, ed. K. Schmid, 3, 3, früheren Mittelalter, 54 Die Münstersche Mittelalter-Schriften, Mittelalter-Schriften, 88 (Munich, (Munich, 1978), 1978), 261, 261,"Gesamtverzeichnis" " Gesamtverzeichnis " Μιιnstersche m 154 154 and 165: "Muotanae", Fulda at an unidentified unidentified place, place, and m 165: "Muotanae", who who made made aa gift to Fulda J. Dronke, diplomaticusFuldensis Fuldensis (Cassel, 1850), p. 241, no. 539 and and Codex diplomaticus (Cassel, 1850), 241, no. DRONKE, Codex E. F. J. "Muoten", who Fulda a gift gift concerning concerning the the Saale R. R. region: region: E. E. E. E. "Muoten", who witnesses witnesses at at Fulda Stengel, desKlosters KlostersFulda, Fulda, l(Marburg, no. 212 212 (776(7761(Marburg, 1958) 1958) 311.11, no. STENGEL, Urkundenbuch des 796) well as asthe thelayman layman""Muotuuinus Muotuuinus "" commemorated in in the the Fulda Fuldanecrologinecrologi796) as well cai annals for 1051, 1051, Klostergemeinchaft, Klostergemeinschaft, 1.371. 1.371. "Moattinus" donation "Moattinus" witnesses aa donation cal λιτµλνκ, to St. St. Gall Gall at Wittnau, just Freiburg im im Breisgau Breisgau in in786: 786:H.H.W Wartmann, at Wittnau, just south south of Freiburg Urkundenbuch der derAbtei AbteiSand Sandt Gallen Gallen l(Zurich, 1863) 104, 104, no. 110; 110; «"Muatinus" wit1(Zu~ch, 1863) luatinus " witUrkundenbuch nesses at at Spaichingen, Spaichingen, southeast southeast of of Rottweil: Rottweil; ibid. 122-3, no. 130, 130, 15.xi.791, 15.xi.791, and and ibid. 122-3, nesses "Muatwin" witnesses of properties properties between betweenReginbold Reginbold and andAbbot Abbot "Muatwin" witnesses the the exchange of Grimald 22.V.848, ibid. 1866) 26, 26, no. no. 405. 405. ibid. 2(Zurich, 2(Ζmich, 1866) Grímald at at "Reodum" "Reodum" on 22.ν.848,

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction Introduction

21 21

Wissembourg ca. ca. 810; 810; with with aa wife wifeAnstrudis Anstrudis and and heirs heirs holding holding 55.. land Moselle region in 871; 871; at at Noyon, and in Burgundy Burgundy55 land in the Moselle the Treaty Treaty of of Verdun Verdun and and the the approximate approximate date dateof of In terms of the our glosses, therefore, therefore, the geographical geographical diffusion of of both both names names our overlaps along the the central central area area bordering bordering the theterritories territories of ofCharCharoverlaps les the Bald Bald and Lothar, Lothar, in aa zone zone about about 100 100 km km wide wideand andrunning running from Remiremont southwest to Lyons, roughly along the the Saône. In the only only document document where where IΙ have found the two two names names In fact, the have found mentioned together margins of PP concerns concerns the the mentioned togetheroutside outsideof of the the margins canonial abbey of St. Georges at Lyons. In the list of that comabbey of St. Georges at Lyons. In the list of that community's members members entered entered into into the the Reichenau Liber munity's Liber memorialis memorialis around 830, 830, Motuinus Motuinus figures Framarius as one one of of around figures as as abbot and Framarius the canons. canons.56 ThisMotuin Motuin isislikely likelyidentical identicalwith withthe the"Motuinus "Motuinus 56 This indignus presbyter" who appears in the the midst midst of ofAgobard's Agobard's sufsufindignus presbyter" who appears fragans including also Moduin of Autun in an act drawn fragans - including also Moduin of — in an act drawn up during at Langres Langres on on November November 20, 20, 830 83057 during a synod at 57.. Bishop Moduin Moduin of Autun had had been been raised raised by the the church church of of Bishop Lyons; he had had been been at at Charlemagne's Charlemagne's court and and was was in incontact contact Lyons; of Orleans, Orleans, Angilbert, Walafrid Walafrid Strabo and and Florus Florus with Theodulf of of Lyons. Lyons. He Hereceived receivedhis hissee seefrom fromLouis Louisthe thePious Piousand andplayed playedaa prominent that emperor's emperor's few few loyal loyal supporters supporters in in prominent role role as as one of that

55 ss

Remiremont: nun ""Modoina", prior to to the theadopadopModoina ",aamember member of of the convent prior tion of of the the Benedictine Benedictine Rule Rule on on Ιll.v.817: Liber memorialis von von Remiremont Remiremont ed. ed. Ι.ν.817 : Liber tion E. HLAWITSCHKA, Hlawitschka, K.K.Schmid G. TELLENBACH, Tellenbach, MGH E. Scrn,imand and G. MGH Libri Libri memoriales memoriales Ι1.2(Zurich, .2(Ζuτich, 1970), f. 35x1 35rl; ;on date, ibid. ibid. p. xix, the hand, hand, active active down down to to about about 1970), on the date, xix, n. n. 16; 16; for the 850: p. p. 158; 158; "Motwínus" "Motwinus" at at Hessheim Hessheim near nearFrankenthal, Frankenthal, ca. ca.810: 810: Brevium Brevium exempla, exempta, 850: 11, ed. ed. A. A. Boretius, Boretius, MGH MGH Capit. Capit. 1(1883) 1(1883) 253.5-8; 253.5-8; cf. the the "Muatine" "Muatine" who who appears appears 11, among the deceased deceased benefactors benefactors of of Reichenau: Verbrï'derungsbuch Verbrüderungsbuch Reichenau, Reichenau, among the 115D3 ; Moselle " Modoinus " and and Anstrudis Anstrudis mentioned in in aa boundary boundary 115D3; Moselle:: property property of "Modoinus" clause of of an an exchange exchange executed executed at at Metz Metz in in 871: 871; A. A. D'HER D'Herbomez, clause οΜΕΖ, Cartulaire Cartulaire de l'abbaye de Gorze, Garze, Mettensia, (Paris, 1898), 1898), p. 121 121 (no.66); (no. 66); Noyon, 942: 942: "Modwínus "Modwinus Mettensía, 2 (Paris, baye decanus". Liber traditionum sancti sanciiPetri PetriBlandiniensis, Blandiniensis, ed. ed. A. A. FAYEN, Fayen, Cartulaire Cartulaire de decanus", Liber traditionum Gand, 2,1 2,1 (Ghent, (Ghent, 1906), 1906), p. p. 57.26; 57.26; and and especially especially in in Burgundy: Burgundy: in in addiaddila ville de Gand, tion to the Motuin, abbot of of St. St. Georges, Georges, Lyons, to to Moduin, Moduin, bishop bishop of of Autun, and to and to the 10th-century 10th-century Moduin Moduin connected with with the the Lyonnais Lyonnais (on (on whom whom see seebelow), below),on on2828 the May 941 941 ""Modoenus", property in in the the Mâconnais to May Modoenus ",husband husband of of Alindrada, Alindrada, gave property to Cluny;GRUEL Bruel and l(Paris, 1876) 1876) 513-514, 513-514, no. no. 528. 528. BEaiAm , Recueil des chartes, Cluny: and Bernard, chartes, 1(Paris, 56 s6 Verbri'derungsbuch Verbrüderungsbuch Reichenau, p. p. 94D2 and 3; 3 ; on on the the date, date, Oexle, Oexle, Forschung62-63. en, pp. 62-63. 57 MGH Conc. Cone. 2.2(1908).682.18-21; 2.2(1908).682.18-21 ; cf. Oexle, Forschungen, pp. 59-61. S7 MGH

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

22

58.. Florus, the civil civil wars wars of of the the 830s 830s58 Florus, deacon deacon of of the the church church of of the Lyons, bitterly Lyons, bitterly protested Moduin's Moduin's activities against against that that church, church, apparently his life, life, Moduin Moduin was was apparently late late in in the the 830s 830s and, and, at at the end of his entrusted with the the control entrusted with control of part part of ofAquitania Aquitania by by young young king king Charles the Bald. Bald. Abbot Charles the Abbot Motuin Motuin of St. St. Georges Georges too too was was closely closely linked with the archbishopric archbishopric of Lyons: his abbey abbey had had been been linked with the of Lyons: reformed from a decadent nunnery and restored by Agobard's reformed from a decadent nunnery and restored by Agobard's predecessor Leidrad late Charlemagne's reign we have have predecessor Leidrad late in Charlemagne's reign and, as we at the synod Motuin figures figures with withAgobard's Agobard's corepiscopus at just seen, Motuin 59.. of as part of Langres, Langres, presumably presumably as part of of the thearchbishop's archbishop's retinue retinue59 60 60. The This Motuin Motuin may finished his his life lifeatatthe thecathedra1 cathedral . The This may have finished connection of the two two contemporary contemporary Moduins Moduins with with Lyons Lyons sugsugconnection of the gests a link between between them. them. Moreover, Moreover, aa third third Moduin Moduin is is known known to to 61.. have owned land in the the region region in in the the next next century century61 have It is is impossible to be be certain certain whether whether the theMudinus Mudinus and and FramFramr íaríus mentioned on on f.f. 129 129r of the in aa script iarius mentioned of the Palatine Palatine Virgil Virgil in script assigned to the middle middle or second second half half of of the theninth ninthcentury century are are assigned to the identical with the the abbot identical with abbot and and canon canon of St. St. Georges Georges of of Lyons Lyons ca. ca. 830. 830. But Butthe thecombination combination of oftwo tworelatively relativelyinfrequent infrequent names names seems a rather rather startling coincidence, particularly particularly in in view view of ofaafurfurther and independent namely that the copy ther independent consideration, consideration, namely copy of ofthe the which is textually textually most closely linked linked with P P was copied copied in in Aeneid which a script a script which which Prof. Prof. Bischoff Bischoff long long ago ago linked linked with with Lyons Lyons and and assigned to the second quarter quarter of the ninth century. This Thisconnecconnection tion in itself itself even even led led one oneeminent eminent specialist specialist to toentertain entertain briefly briefly Agobard von ForModuin's Moduin'scareer careeriningeneral, general,seeseeE.E.BISHOP, Boshof, Erzbischof Erzbischof Agobard vonLyon. Lyon. For Kölner historische undWerk, Werk, Kólner historische Abhandlungen, Abhandlungen, 17 17 (Cologne, (Cologne, 1969), 1969), pp. pp. 294294Leben und pp. 60-61. 60-61. On 300, with the modifications modifications of ofOexle, Oexle, Forschungen, pp. On his hisliterary literary outout300, Mittelalters, der lateinischen Μλνmus, Geschichte Geschichte der M. Manitius, lateinischen Literatur Literatur des Mittelalters, put and relations, M. 58 5$

9,2 (Munich, (Munich, 1911) 1911) 549-551; 549-551;cf.cf.BRUNBrunder Altertumswissenschaft, 9,2 1, Handbuch der Mittelalters 11(Munich, hOlzl, Geschichte Geschichte der der lateinischen Literatur des Mittelalters (Munich, 1975) 1975) 309-311 309-311 lateinischen Literatur H&ZL, Carmen and 552-553. and 552-553. The The key keyevidence evidence on onModuin's Moduin's youth youth comes comesfrom fromFlorus, Florus, Carmen MGH Poet. Poet. 2(1884) ΜΜLΕR, MGH XXVII, 11-12 and 37-38, ed. ed. E. E.D1 DOmmler, 2(1884) 556. 556. and 37-38, XXVII, 59 59 On li a-St. George, George, see see his On Leidrad's Leidrad's restoration of of the the abbey abbey of ofSt. St.Eula Eulalia-St. his letter letter E. Diimmler, Dümmler, ICH MGH Epist. Epist. 4(1895) 4(1895) 543.22-24. 543.22-24. to Charlemagne, ed. E. 60 6o Oexle, with n. n. 290 290 suggests suggests this Oexle, Forschungen, pp. pp. 161-162 161-162 with this from from the the appearappearance of the ance the obit obit on onNovember November22 22ofof"Motuinus "Motuinuspresbyter" presbyter" ininthe thelate latemedieval medieval the Cathedral Cathedral of of Lyons. Lyons. necrology of the 61 61 Between Between 928 928 and and936, 936,this this"Moduínus" " Moduinus " gave gaveproperty propertysituated situatedininthe theLyonLyonCartulaire de Saint-Vincent to the thecathedral cathedralofofMâcon: Mâcon:C.C.RecnT, Ragut, Cartulaire Saint-VincentdedeMâcon Màcon nais to (M&&on,1864), 1864),p.p. 193, 193, no. no. 332. connu som enchaîné (Mâcon, 332. connu sous le le nom nom du livre enchain

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

23

the possibility possibility that at Lyons Lyons in in the the ninth ninthcentury centurybefore before the that P was at 62. arriving Lorsch62 arriving at Lorsch Ribbeck, Sabbadini, Mynors, Geymonat othRibbeck, Sabbadini, Mynors, Geymonat and Holtz among others have claimed a very close connection between the two ers have claimed a very close connection between the two MSS. Ribbeck Gud. directly indirectly descends descends MSS. Ribbeckconcluded concluded that that Gud. directly or indirectly from P or or aaMS MS intimately intimately connected connected with with P, P, and andconsequently consequently from P used in in place place of of PP where wherethat thatMS MSisisdefective defective63 In this, this, can be used ó3.. In more recent editors editors like like Mynors Mynors and andGeymonat Geymonat have havefollowed followed more recent him. The Therelationship relationship between between the the two two MSS MSS in in the the Bucolics Bucolics and him. has recently recently been been questioned, questioned, but the evidence evidence so far far Georgics has but the advanced to justify this this challenge challenge seems seems less less than thancompelling compelling64 advanced 64.. .

62

Prof. Bischoff shared most recent recent judgement letter of of Prof. Bischoff shared his his most judgement with with me me in aa letter 28.ii.88: "Kanonisch Hs. nicht, nicht, aaber zwei Symptome Symptôme lassen mich 28.íí.88: "Kanonisch lyonesisch ist die Hs. be r zwei weiter Lyon denken; denken; sie sie dürfte dürfte inindas daszweite zweiteJahrhundertviertel Jahrhundertviertelgehören". gehòren". weiter an Lyon Holtz, " Redécouverte was at at Lyons. Lyons. Holtz, Redécouverte",",pp. pp. 24-25 24-25briefly brieflyraises raises the the possibility possibility that PP was 63 63 O. Ribbeck, Prolegomena Prolegomena crítica ad P. P. Vergili Vergili Maronis 1866), O. RIBBECK, c ritica ad Maronis opera opera (Leipzig, 1866), pp. 320-329. 320-329. 64 64 R. E. Gaebel, "The Gudianus MSS Vergil", Vergilius E. GAEBBL, " The Palatinus Palatinus and Gudianus MSS of Vergíl", Vergilius 27(1981).52-56. On errors(or (orvariants) variants) 27(1981).52-56. On p. p. 53, 53, Gaebel Gaebelargues argues that that " 27 27 uncorrected errors in P are not not found found in in y" y" for for Bucolics Of these these however, however, Gud. Gud. agrees with with Bucolics 3.38-67. 3.38-67. Of text as itit was was corrected corrected in in late late antiquity antiquity eight eight times. times. Twice, Twice,totojudge judgefrom fromaa P's text microfiche kindly kindly supplied supplied by byHerzog-August-Bibliothek, Herzog-August-Bibliothek, Gud. Gud. shows shows erasures erasures microfiche which resulted in in agreement agreement with with PP (3.58 (3.58 and 3.63). 3.63). Another Anothernine nineare areminor minorspellspelling variations which will will surprise surprise no noone onefamiliar familiarwith withCarolingian CarolingianMSS MSS(e.g. (e.g. 3.43 3.43 Gud.; camenae camenae P: camaene Gud.). Gud.). Four Four more morehardly hardlyseem seem beyond beyond the the set P: sed Gud.; conjectural capacity of of Carolingian Carolingian scribes scribes who whoroutinely routinely" "classicized" the lanlanconjectural classicized " the their late lateantique antiqueexemplars exemplars(cf. (cf.M. M.McCormick, McCormick, "An "AnUnknown UnknownSeventhSeventhguage of their MS of the Lex Lex roman romanaVisigothorum Visigothorum",",Bulletin BulletinofofMedieval MedievalCanon CanonLaw Law n.s. Century MS 6(1976) 1-13, here p. p. 9):9): 3.38 factis P acP -: faclis : facilis Gud.; 3.49hodi hodieffugies effugies 6(1976) 1-13, here 3.38 factís faclis PP r* facilis Gud.; 3.49 P; hodie effugies effugies Gud.; Gud.; 3.57 3.57 formonsissimus formonsissimus P: P: formosisímus formosisimusGud.; Gud.;cf. cf.VAAiAisi, Vaananen, P: hodie Introduction, p. p. 64. 64. At At Bue. 3.43, Gaebel admobi " was the earliest earliest readreadIntroduction, Buc. 3.43, Gaebel believes believes""admobi" that the the""b" changed to to ""d". Geymonat (ed. (ed. cit., p. 14), ing and that b " was changed d ". Geymonat cit., p. 14), ordinarily ordinarily so reliable, the opposite opposite direction direction and, and, although although ititisis reliable, reconstructs reconstructs the correction in the not decisive, decisive, the Gud. would would then thenagree agreewith with the facsimile facsimile appears appears to to support support him. him. Gud. the late antique antique correction correction of ofPPififwe weassume assumethe theCarolingian Carolingianscribe scribewas wascapable capableofof * admoui " the the common common late late antique antique phonetic phonetic error error(Väänänen, (Vaananen, Introcorrecting to "admoui" Introduction, pp. pp. 50-51) Thisleaves leaves3.44 3.44duo duo duction, 50-51)that that produced produced the nonsensical nonsensical "admobi". This P: dua dua Gud.; Gud.; 3.46 3.46 sequentes sequentes P: P: sequentes sequentis Gud. Gud. (at (at 3.51, 3.51, nec, nec, PP and andGud. Gud. agree agree against all MSS). These These two two discrepancies discrepancies do seem to me me to to bear bear the the against all other MSS). do not seem weight Gaebel The "striking "striking dissimilarity" dissimilarity" of and Gud. Gud. that that he he weight Gaebelgives givesthem. them. The of P P and observes Georgics 4.25-57 Thus in in 11 11 or or1212 observes 29 29 times times in Georgics 4.25-57also alsoseems seemsoverstated. overstated. Thus instances, the discrepancy discrepancy is is between between PP and and the the text textof ofGud. Gud. before before correction, correction,sugsuggesting supplied corrections corrections to to Gud. Gud. Seven Seven more more are are spelling spelling va variagesting that that here PP supplied ~a62

3

3

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

24

Michael McCormick

οlfenbüttel MS's The sequence sequence and and relevance The relevance of of the the W Wolfenbüttel MS's numerous numerous ninth-century corrections will require clarification before ninth-century corrections will require clarification before aa painspainstaking comparison comparison of of P can finally taking P and and Gud. Gud. can finally resolve resolve the the precise precise nature and and extent extent of of the nature the relations relations between between the the two twomanuscripts. manuscripts. 70's close close textual But the But the evidence evidence to to date date supports supports Gud. Gud. 70's textual affinity affinity with P. This in itself adds luster to the possible connection with P. This in itself adds luster to the possible connection bebetween the the names into P's and the tween names scratched scratched into P's margin margin and the two two men men attested at at Lyons attested Lyons in in the the 830s. 830s. Two other other sets sets of of marginalia need mentioning. mentioning. A Two marginalia need A couple couple of of Aeneid but have no conannotations relate to personages in the annotations relate to personages in the Aeneid but have no connection with with the nection the specific specific place place where where they they occur, occur, e. e. g. g."Mercurius " Mercurius filius Ioui (s) "on on f.f. 109r. 109r. These Misfilius loui(s)" These are are edited editedbelow belowwith withthe the" "Miscellaneous Marginalia" Marginalia"(Appendix (Appendix1).1). Another Another set set of cellaneous of enigmatic enigmatic marginaliaconsists consistsof of aa large marginalia large number number of of curious curious and and varying varying figure 8, 8, slashes, marks like Χ ", figure marks like ""X", slashes, and and signs signs resembling resembling the theTironTironían notes notes for ian for (de) (de) or or (di). (di). They Theyappear appearprimarily primarily in in the the margins margins of books of books 6-12. 6-12. Although Although many many of of the the marked marked verses verses are are ones ones where some where some textual textual problems problems are are recorded recorded in in P P or or other other MSS, MSS, and and some correspond to verses corrected in P in late antiquity, I can some correspond to verses corrected in P in late antiquity, I can lists these these marks. detect no no systematic pattern. Appendix detect systematic pattern. Appendix 3 lists marks. 5. THE 5. The GLOSSES Glosses The new The new glosses glosses generally generally resemble resemble the the annotations annotations which which cover so so many MSSofofVirgil. Virgil. By cover many Carolingian Carolingian MSS By their their nature nature and and 65 The intent, the the glosses intent, glosses simplify simplify the the text text in in order order to to explain explain it. it.65 The overwhelming majority majorityare areshort short-- one one or or two two words overwhelming words -- and and lexilexi66.. Only cal: they cal: they explain explain the the poet's poet's text text with with synonyms synonyms66 Only a a few few 67.. Sometimes, Sometimes, rather rather than than aa glosses offer glosses offer more more than than one one synonym synonym67 tions, while the bulk of the tions, the other other cases cases involves involves variants variants like im P: P: in in Gud. Gud. or lenlenthelatter latterappearing appearingtoto point point directly directly to to a late antique exemtius P: tentius tendus Gud. Gud. — - the exemplar. 65 65 B. B. Bischoff, BiscHorr, Mittelalterliche Mittelalterliche Studien 3(Stuttgart, 1981) 234-242. Studien 3(Stuttgart, 66 66 See WmmLAND, The The Latin Glosses See on on this thisphenomenon phenomenon iningeneral, general,G. G.R. R. Wieland, Glosses on on Library MSMS GG.5.35, Studies and and Arator and Prudentius PrudentiusininCambridge CambridgeUniversity University Library GG.5.35, Studies Arat οr and Texts, 61 61 (Toronto, 1983), and particularly pp. Texts, pp. 1-15 1-15 and and 26-46. 26-46. 67 Aen. 2.131 67 See See at atAen. 2.131 on "exitium"; "exitium"; 2.694, 2.694, "facem"; "facem"; 3.62, 3.62, "funus"; "funus";3.271, 3.271, "Duli"Dulichium"; 4.25, "adígat"; "adigat"; 4.195, "Cnosia". 4.195, "foeda"; "fοeda"; 5.306, "Cnosía".

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

25 25

synonym, they seem seem to to offer offer aa different different form of the same synonym, they same word or or a word which which is is etymologically etymologically relatedó related688.. A A very very few few paraphrase 70.. Only the text 69.. AAcouple the text69 couple supply supply antonyms antonyms70 Only one one is is clearly clearly grammatical, identifyingthe the case case ending grammatical, identifying ending of of "Laocoonta" "Laocoonta" (Aen. 2.213) 71.. Others, Others, however, however, clarify clarify the construction of 2.213)71 of aa verse verse 72.. e. g. g. by by repeating repeating a noun near its e. its modifier modifier72 "Encyclopedic" typeglosses glossesare areconcise conciseinincontent. content. Proper "Encyclopedic" type Proper names are usually in the most names usually identified identified in most general general terms: terms: "homo", "homo", "mons", 73.. The "mons", and and "insula" "insula" are are typical typical73 The author author was was at at some some Trojans, so so much much so so that "Gre" and pains to separate Greeks Greeks from Trojans, and "Tri" become "Tro" become ad ad hoc hoc technical technical abbreviations abbreviations here. here. Otherwise Otherwise more precise geographical are rare 74.. Pagan more geographical identifications identifications are rare74 Pagan deideities and mythological ties mythological figures figures are are sometimes sometimes identified identified by by brief brief 75.. indications of family indications family relationships relationships75 At Aen. 2.470 the glossator's he may 2.470 the glossator's phrasing phrasing suggests suggests he may be be reporting reporting a variant variant reading. reading. At Atleast leastaadozen dozentimes, times,the theglosses glosses correct the text of P. P. Here text of Here isis the the list: list: Aen.

P's reading P's

Corrected to

1.327 1.591 2.85 3.173

aut adflarat veci neci illut

haut haut adflabat ; nece ; illud illud :

:

:

:

68 6s See e.g. e.g. on Aen. Aen. 4.541 is presumably presumably an an etymological etymological connection, connection, 4.541;; for what is see the gloss gloss ""furor" on ""furiata", 2.407. furor " on furiata ", Aen. Aen. 2.407. 69 Aen. " mare"; 2.1, partial decipherment decipherment of the the Aen. 1.607 "aqua "aqua intrat intrat in mare"; 2.1, if if the partial Tironian Tironian note holds; cf. too 2.610. 70 79 Antonyms: 4.565, 6.578. Cf. Wieland, iso4.565, 6.578. WIELAND, Glosses, Glosses, p. 196, 196, who who considers the isolated antonym in Forexamples examplesininOttob. Ottob. lated appearance appearance of an antonym in his his material material an error. For lat. 3295: Mayer, Griffelglossen, 3295: MAYER, Gríffelglossen, p. 149. 149. 71 71 Another uncertain reading didactic context: context: the the gloss gloss on on Another uncertain may also hint at aa didactic "praecipitat ", ", Aen. "q" is is resolved resolved as "quaerere" "quaerere" or orthe thelike like as as suggested suggested "praecipitat Aen. 2.9 2.9 if the "q" by Wieland, Glosses, pp. 193-195; Glossed Manuscript: Manuscript:Classbook Classbook WIELAND, Latin Latin Glosses, 193-195; cf. cf. his "The The Glossed or Library Book?", Book?", Anglo-Saxon 153-173. Anglo-Saxon England England 14(1985) 14(1985) 153-173. 72 Thus, apparently, apparently, the theOHG OHG gloss gloss on on Aen. 1.318. Cf. 2.612 72 Thus, Aen. 1.318. 2.612 and and 9.564. 9.564. 73 On encyclopedic encyclopedic glosses, glosses, see Wieland, Glosses, pp. 73 On WIELAND, Latin Latin Glosses, pp. 180-185; 180-185; "homo": "homo": e.g. Aen. 5.318 and 537; Aen. 5.318 537; "insula": "insula: Aen. Aen. 1.622, 1.622, 2.255 2.255 etc.; etc.; "mons"; "mons": Aen. Aen. 3.105 3.105 and and 264, etc. 264, 74 74 E.g. "Latio: Italia" on on Aen. 4.432; "Libya: "Latío: Italia" Aen. 4.432; "Libya: Africa" Africa" at 6.843; 6.843; "Hiberas: "Hiberas: Span(i>a". Span(ija ". 75 75 E.g. Aen. Aen. 1.751 1.751 or 4.179. 4.179.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

26

McCormick Michael McCormick 3.268 3.393 3.649 3.714 5.451 5.586 5.645 8.140 11.346

Noti Noti

requis

corona corona metarum id spicula conutrix auditi libertarem

Nohti : Nohti requies : requies corna : corna metatarum : metatarum : it specula : specula nutrix : nutrix : auditis libertatem : libertatem

These appear mostly mostly to to be beconjectural conjectural emendations emendations which which These appear could have come easily easily to to aaninth-century ninth-century scholar scholar experienced experienced in in could pre-Caroline manuscripts. It is is noteworthy noteworthy however however that, that, meter meter pre-Caroline manuscripts. It aside, 3.649 3.649 does not not represent represent aa lectio facilior facilior and same aside, and that the same sequence of error error and correction recurs in in Gud. Gud. 70. A similar pat70. A similar pat8.140, where where both both MSS MSS originally originallyread read"auditi" "auditi" and and tern recurs at 8.140, corrected. both were corrected. many Carolingian Carolingian glosses on on Virgil, Virgil, P's P's annotaannotaIn contrast to many contact with with Ser Servius The quesquestions show relatively little close contact νius76 76.. The tion of the the glosses' glosses' originality originality has has two two further further facets, facets, neither neither of of tion be definitively definitively resolved resolved outside outside of of comprehensive comprehensive studstudwhich can be ies of of distinct distinct and and difficult difficult problems: problems: that that of ofthe theinterrelations interrelations ies among glosses in Virgil Virgil MSS MSS in in general general and and the theconnections connections among glosses in and the the Latin Latin glossary glossarytradition. tradition. between surviving Virgil glosses and With respect the first, first, it it isis important important to to stress stress that thateven even With respect to to the apparently spontaneous are not not necessarily necessarily original. original. apparently spontaneous glosses glosses are Glosses, like were frequently frequently copied from one one MS MS into into Glosses, like texts, texts, were copied from another. What What is is more, more, they they seem seem to to have have been been expanded expanded or or another. abbreviated according glossators' tastes tastes and needs needs77 This of of abbreviated according to to glossators' 77.. This

76

E.g. Bern, Bern, Burgerbibliothek Burgerbibliothek 165 165 and and 172 172 or or Brussels, Brussels, Bibi. Bibl. roy. 5325-5327 5325-5327 on 76 E.g. Étude, 2.703, 2.703, 705 705 and and 709. 709. For see Munk Munk Olsen, Olsen, Étude, For aa more more detailed detailed study study of of which see Bernensis 165", Harvard Harvard case, J.J. J. J. SAVAGE, Savage, "The of Tours. Tours, Bemensis one case, TheScholia Scholia in in the Virgil of in Classical ClassicalPhilology Philology 36(1925) 91-164; cf. G. BA~AEmνο, Barabino, "Gli scholia del VirVirStudies in l'esegesi virgihana virgiliana di di Nonio", Nonio", Studi noniani noniani 9(1984) 9-31. 9-31. gilio di Tours e l'esegesi 77 77 For For an an example example from fromCarolingian Carolingian glossed glossed Virgil Virgil MSS, MSS, see seeMunk MunkOlsen, Olsen, 1 2.704 on Bern, 167 (s. (s. ix ix', Bretagne) in in relation Étude 2.704 Bern, Burgerbibliothek Burgerbibliothek 167 , Bretagne) relation to the the Étude glosses of C. Murgia, Muacιλ, Proof Burgerbibliothek Burgerbibliothek 172 172++B.N. B.N.lat. lat.7929, 7929,(s.(s.ixm, ixm.Fleury); Fleury); cf. C. University of California to Servius California Publications: Publications: Classical Classical Studies, Studies, 11 11 legomena to Servius 5, University (Berkeley, 1975), pp. pp.10-13, 10-13,according accordingtotowhom whom the the relation relation is is via one (Berkeley, 1975), one or or more more

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

27 27

course complicates complicates the task task of of deducing deducing the theexistence existence and anddirecdireccourse tion of derivation. derivation. Some Some of of P's P's glosses glosses in in fact fact show show signs signs that that tion Aeneid. Most from another anotherMS MS of of the the Aeneid. they have been copied into P from glosses agree agree with their their lemmata lemmata in in gender, gender, number number and and of the glosses case. In handful of of cases, cases, lemmata lemmata in in an an oblique oblique case case are are case. In aa handful explained by glosses in in the thenominative nominative (Aen. (Aen.2.15, 2.16, 2.204, 2.204, 2.15, 2.16, explained by glosses 4.377, 6.15, 6.247, 6.247, 6.280, 6.280, 6.836). 6.836). Past Past participles participles given given as as glosses glosses 4.377, sometimes appear singular, regardless regardless of of nominative neuter neuter singular, sometimes appear in the nominative the lemma's lemma's gender, gender, number number and and case case78 None of these these patterns patterns 78.. None the Aen. 4.178 applies to one gloss, gloss, however, however, and that gloss gloss on on Aen. applies and when that ("inritate: reading of of (" inritate :suscitata") suscitata ")grammatically grammaticallyagrees agrees with with the reading majority of of MSS MSS against P's P's variant, variant, we we may mayreasonably reasonablysussusthe majority pect that here here at at least, least, the theannotation annotation has hasbeen beencopied copied from from pect MS into into P. P. A A second, second, different accident accident strengthens strengthens the the another MS likelihood that the glosses glosses in P P were were copied copied from from likelihood that some some at least of the another MS. In the the top top margin margin of of f.f. 63v, the annotator has has writwritanother MS. In "insula" above above "equidem" of of Aen. gloss makes no Aen. 1.576. The gloss ten "ínsula" sense whatsoever At the the same same place place on on the the next next folio, folio, the the sense whatsoever here. here. At identified the the lemma lemma "Cyprum" "Cyprum" (Aen. (Aen. 1.622) with "in"insame hand identified sula",",this place. This This memesula this time time putting putting the the gloss gloss in in its its proper proper place. course of of annotating annotating PP suggests suggests that that here here chanical accident in the course to another anothersource sourceas ashe heworked. worked. the glossator looked away from PP to A few suggest that that this thissource source A few seeming seeming mistakes mistakes in in P's annotations suggest or its its ancestor ancestor included included insular insularabbreviations abbreviations which which the thecopyist copyist did understand79 Wemay mayconclude conclude then then that thatsome some at atleast least did not understand 79.. We of the new new glosses glosses were copied copied into P P from from another another MS MS of of VirVir80 gil 80. gi1 Finally, of the the glosses, glosses, particularly particularly"encyclopedic" "encyclopedic" Finally, a number of type identifications, identifications, are erroneous. These Thesemay mayyet yetprove proveillumiillumitype are erroneous. nating if they are not not personal personal quirks quirks of of 13 P81 81. nating A definitive definitive appraisal P's glosses glosses in relation relation to to similar similar A appraisal of of P's .

.

intermediaries. For cases from England, Wieland, Glosses, pp. pp.9-9intermediaries. Foranalogous analogous cases from England, Wm, Latin Glosses, 12, and from Germany, Germany, Mayer, Mayer, Griffelglossen, p. p. 118. 118. 12, 78 Aen. 2.16, 2.16, "diuisum"; "limatum"; but cf. 6.53, "stupefactus". "stupefactus "diuisum 5.313, "límatum 78 Aen. 78 79 See Aen. 2.31 2.31 and 4.454. 4.454. 80 certain discrepancies discrepancies in in P's P's glosses glosses which whichmight mightbe beconcon80 For two other less certain another exemplar, exemplar, see see on on Aen. 2.617 2.617 and 3.670. nected with another 81 Aen. 2.261: 2.261: "Sthenelus: Achiles Achiles"; 3.141: 3.141; "Sirius: "Sirius: uentus uentus"; 5.306: 5.306: "Cnosia: 81 Aen. uas ";5.630 5.630 " Erycis: Acestes"; 6.566; Rhadamanthus; fluuius fluuius" etc. Erycis pater Acestes 6.566: " Rhadamanthus ";

".

";

";

"

:

";

";

"

:

"

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick McConnick

28

course await await aa thorough thorough study study of ofthe themedieval medievaltratraglosses must of course dition of Virgilian Virgilian commentary. Nonetheless, aa few fewpreliminary preliminary dition commentary. Nonetheless, observations may the basis basis of of the thelimited limitedcomparicompariobservations may be be risked risked on on the have been been able able to to make. make. sons I have Although aa relationship relationship between of two two MSS MSS need need Although between the the texts of not imply imply connections connections between between their their glosses, glosses, there there isisobvious obvious not interest in comparing the new glosses glosses with with those those of ofP's P'sclosest closest interest in comparing the new stemmatic the most most heavily heavily annotated annotated stemmatic relative, relative, Gud. Gud.70, 70,one one of of the Virgil Carolingian renaissance. Such aa Virgil MSS MSS produced produced by by the the Carolingian renaissance. Such comparison extensive correspondence correspondence between two comparison reveals reveals extensive between the two sets glosses. Yet Yetthe thecorrespondence correspondencefalls fallsconsiderably considerably short short sets of glosses. of identity, and determining how much much can can be be explained explained in in terms terms of aa common common source source -- whether whether such such aa source source be be imagined imagined as as another MS of Virgil Virgil or one one of of the theglossaries glossariesthought thoughtto to another glossed glossed MS have compiled from glosses -- isisa adelicate delicatematter. matter. have been been compiled from such such glosses Each MS contains contains numerous numerous glosses lacking in the the other; other; each each Each MS glosses lacking sometimes glosses the same verses in very different ways. sometimes glosses the same verses in very different ways. Gud. P, which lacks lacks most most of of Gud. 70 70 isis much much more more heavily heavily glossed than P, the explanatory and Servian apparatus apparatus visible Gud. 70. This the explanatory and Servian visible in in Gud. 70. This means that Gud. Gud. 70's at most most in in means that 70's glosses glosses could could have have been been copied at part onthe theother otherhand handP's P'sglosses glosseswere werecopied copied from from part from from P. P. IfIfon Gud. 70, and P P would would then thenappear appearoccaoccaGud. 70, selection selection was very severe and sionally have changed changed the the Wolfenbüttel Wolfenbüttel gloss, gloss, often often for for the the sionally to to have worse (1.751; (1.751; 2.145). 2.145). The The overwhelming overwhelming majority majority of of the the shared shared worse occurs in in the the glossaries, glossaries, suggesting suggesting that that the therelationrelationglosses also occurs common source. source. ship may be one of aa common Beyond the substantial overlap glosses also also attested attested in inthe the Beyond the substantial overlap of glosses tradition, P Gud. 70 handful of of explanations explanations glossary tradition, P and Gud. 70 share share a handful not appear appear to to derive derive from from that that source source82 This seems to to which do not 82.• This 82

Thus P glosses ""facem in which is common in Thus facer "" (Aen. 2.694) first as "" facula ",",which glossary tradition tradition (e.g. (e.g. Glossarium Ansileubi Ansileubi sive siveLiber Liberglossarum, glossarum, ed. W. W. M. M. the glossary Lindsay, J. F. Mountford al., Glossa Glossario iussu Academiae AcademiaeBritannicae Britannicaeedita edita ri a Latina iussu MouwrroRD et al., LINDSAY, 1, FA 71 71 etc.) and and then, then, ininTironian Tironiannotes, notes,asas" "(lumen)", which IIhave have 1, Paris, Paris, 1926, FA (lumen) ", which the glossary glossary tradition, tradition, but but which is how how Gud. Gud. 70 70 glosses glosses this this lemma lemma not found in the (f. 32v). Similarly on on Aen. 3.139 mortalis" (Gud. (Gud. 70, f.f. 34r); 34r); possibly possibly on on 3.139 "letifer: mortalis" (f. 32v). Similarly Aen. 3.215 Gud. 70, f. 34v) but see the the edition, edition, below belowfor for 3.215 "Stygiis: "Stygiis: infernalis" infernalis" (cf. Gud. sources; Aen. 3.264 inperat" (cf. (cf. Gud. Gud. 70, 70, f.f. 35r); 35r); 4.253 4.253 3.264 "indicit: inperat" possible common sources; ""praeceps: praeceps : uelox" uelox " (cf. (cf. Gud. Gud. 70, 70, f.f. 39 39v) one other otherCarolCarolν) -—note notehowever however that that at least one ingian glossed Virgil Virgil includes the the same same gloss glossatatthe thesame samepoint: point:Bern, Bern,BurgerbiBurgerbiingian bliothek, 165, 165, illustrated illustrated in Savage, "Scholia", "Scholia", pl. pi. ii; ii; Aen. 4.605 "foros: tabula tabula 4.605 "foros: bliothek, in Savage, 82

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

29

connection between between the the new new glosses glosses and and those those comfort a possible connection of Gud. 70. Since, Gud. 70. Since, however, however, the the study study of ofglossed glossedVirgil Virgil MSS MSS isis still in its its infancy, infancy, PP and and the theWolfenbüttel Wolfenbiittel MS MS may may yet yetprove proveto to still owe these these shared shared glosses glosses to aa common common source source rather rather than than to to owe direct derivation from from one one to to the the other. other. With direct derivation Withthese theseprovisos provisosthen, then, overlap between the glosses glosses of ofPPand andGud. Gud. 70 70 does does appear appear to to the overlap greater than glosses with with the the few fewother otherMSS MSSto to be greater than that that of the new glosses ß3.. have been been able able to to compare compare them them83 which I have In similar fashion, the nature of connections connections between between the thenew new In glosses and and the the Latin Latin glossary glossary tradition tradition will become become fully fully clear clear glosses into the the glossaries glossaries and and their theirrelations relations only after broader research into with the overall tradition tradition of of surviving surviving Virgil Virgil glosses. glosses. ItItisisgeneralgenerally thought thought that that glossed glossed MSS, MSS, particularly particularly of of Virgil, Virgil, furnished furnished ly many many if not not most most of of the the lemmata lemmata and and lexical lexical explanations explanations which which nauium cf. Gud. Gud. 70, 70, f.f. 41v, 41v, "tabulata "tabulata nauium", nauium ", but but for for possible common nauium",", cf. common sources, sources, see below, 5.51 "Gaetulis: below, edition; edition; the the erroneous erroneous explanation explanation at at Aen. Aen. 5.51 "Gaetulis: Grecis", Grecis", cf. cf. Gud. 70, Grecis"; Aen. "belua; serpens", serpens", cf. cf. Gud. Gud. 70, f.f. 49ν. 49v, Gud. 70, f.f. 42v, 42v, "pro "pro Grecis"; Aen. 6.287 6.287 "belua: "Idra, serpens", but cf. edition below; below;.Aen. tuba", cf. cf. Gud. Gud. 70, 70, f.f. 62 62vν Aen. 8.696: "sistro: tuba", "Idra, edition; Aen. Gud. 70, 70, f.f. 65 65v. 9.411 "conicit: proiicit", cf. Gud. ν. and below, edition; Aen. 9.411 83 compared the the glosses glossesofofPPsystematically systematicallywith withthose thoseofofWolfenbüttel, Wolfenbiittel,HerHer83 II compared zog-August-Bibliothek Gud. (s.jix', Arras or Lorsch: Lorsch: cf. cf. BiscHoi'r, Bischoff, Lorsch, χ1, Arras Lorsch, zog-August-Bibliothek Gud. lat. 66 (s. 1.316 to to 2.232 2.232 and and spot spot checked checked thereafter. thereafter. This This MS MS isis very very lightlightp. 33) from Aen. Aen. 1.316 ly glossed, to to judge from from the themicrofiche microfichesupplied suppliedbybythe theHerzog-August-Bibliothek. Herzog-August-Bibliothek. The of lemmata The majority majority of lemmata which are are glossed glossed in in both both PP and andthis thisMS MShave havedifferent different Glosses are are the the same same on on Aen. 1.421, 1.421, 1.632, 1.632, 1.751 1.751;; 2.2, 2.2, 2.9, 2.9, 2.24, 2.24, 2.131. 2.131. Glosses explanations: Aen. 1.514, 1.527, 1.527, 1.624; cf. also mare "). The 1.514, 1.624; cf. also on on 1.607 1.607 ("("mare"). The three three identical identical glosses glosses are are attested in the glossary glossary tradition tradition and two two concern concern proper proper names, names, diminishing diminishing the the attested likelihood of direct link link between the two two MSS. MSS. The Thenumerous numerousplates plateslisted listedby by likelihood of a direct λιrer[irr[, Katalog Scarpatetti, Katalog der 2.703 (to (to which which add add now now von voi Sc der datierten datierten Munk Olsen, Étude, ètude, 2.703 Handschriften in der der Schweiz, Schweiz, 2, p11. pll. 669-671) compari669-671)allowed allowed aa fairly fairly satisfactory compaririften in Handsch turned up no no obvious obvious connection connection between between the theglosses glossesininBern, Bern,BurgerbiBurgerbison which turned bliothek bliothek 165 165 and P. P. Smaller Smaller samples which also also suggested suggested aanegative negativeconclusion conclusion were available for Bern, Bern, Burgerbibliothek 255 + 239, 239, Naples, Naples, B. B. Naz., Naz., Vindob. Vindob. lat. lat. 55 and, Bodl. L., L., Auct. Auct. F.2.8. F.2.8. Next and, to a lesser lesser extent, extent, Vindob. Vindob. lat. lat. 66 and and Oxford, Oxford, Bodl. Next to to more numerous numerous divergences, MS showed showed the same same glosses glosses as asPPatat4.535 4.535 more divergences, the the last last MS and 4.547 In the thelast lasttwo twocases, cases,nonetheless, nonetheless,the thesample samplewas was and 4.547 and and 9.305 9.305 and and 9.319. 9.319. In far too small small to to allow allow any any conclusions. conclusions. AAcomparison comparison with with the theglosses glossescopied copied far Virgil MS MS into into the the ninth-century ninth-century school school book book Laon, Laon, B.M. B.M. 468 468 reveals reveals wide wide from a Virgil the most most common common explanations explanations and, and, rarely, rarely, identity identity in in divergence, some overlap of the some of P's P's more more idiosyncratic idiosyncratic glosses: glosses: e.g. e.g. atat2.140: 2.140:"Piabunt, "Piabunt, i(d i(dest) est)mundamundasome Codex Laudunensis Laudunensis 468. Ninth-Century Guide bunt ",", ed. J. J. Contreni, Contreni, Codex 468. Α A Ninth-Century Guide to to Virgil, Virgil, Arma~um codicum insignium, Sedulius and and the the Liberal Liberal Arts, Arts, Armarium insignium, 33 (Turnhout, (Turnhout, 1984), 1984), Sedulius f. 39v.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

30

make up the bulk bulk of of glossaries glossaries attested attested in in the theearly earlyMiddle MiddleAges. Ages. make The debate of Lindsay Lindsay and and that that of ofGoetz Goetz has has The debate between between the the school of turned on the extent to which the glossaries attested in the early turned on extent which the glossaries attested in the early Middle Ages ancient compilations compilationsrather ratherthan than Middle Ages go go back back to far more ancient representing essentially early medieval medieval creations creations which which occasionoccasionrepresenting into more more ancient ancientsourcesS sources844.. In Inany anycase, case,comparison comparison ally dipped into P's glosses glosses with withthe theLatin Latinglossaries glossariesshows shows much contact of P's much contact 8585.• One of seems in in fact fact to toarise arisefrom froman anerroneous erroneousreadreadOne of the glosses seems ing of aa glossary glossary (Aen. 2.145). Contacts are are by by far far most most extensive extensive ing 2.145). Contacts with the the Liber glossarum glossarum (" Ansileubus"),"),whose be with ("Ansileubus whose history history can be 86 traced back to eighth-century Corbie . However, both for its traced back eighth-century Corbiesb. However, both its independent significance and for the the practical practical purpose purpose of oftranstransindependent significance and cribing the glosses, it is is important important to stress stress that that around around one one fifth fifth cribing the glosses, P's explanations explanations diverge diverge from from the the glossary glossary tradition. tradition. This This of P's means that it is imprudent imprudent to to conjecturally conjecturally restore restore aa gloss' gloss' reading reading simply because one or two two visible visible letters letters fit fit aatraditional traditional glossary glossary simply explanation. Even if P's lexical glosses mostly derive derive from the the general general glosglosEven like "utilis" "utilis" for for "acer" "acer" (Aen. 3.14), "in"insary tradition, explanations like perans" for "increpitans" "increpitans" (1.738), (1.738), "dominati" "dominad" for for "potiti" "potiti" (3.278) (3.278) perans" M

See the the varying varying points points of ofview viewofofW. W.M. M. Lindsay H. J. J. Thomson, Ancient See LINDSAY and H. THoiSON, Ancient MedievalLatin LatinGlossaries, Glossaries, St. Andrews University Publications, 13, 13, Oxford, Oxford, Lore in Medieval Goεrz, De glossariorum latinorum 1921, pp. v-xíí v-xii and and G. G. Goetz, latinorum origine et fatis (= (= Cor1921, esp. pp. Cor pus glossariorum glossariorum latinorum, latinorum, 1, 1, Leipzig, 1923), 1923), esp. 369-382. 369-382. Cf. also V. de ANGELIS, Angelis, V. DE ρus "Ansileubi glossarium", glossarium". Enciclopedia Virgiliana Virgiliana IfRome, For an an "Ansileubi 1(Rome, 1984) 1984) 188-190. 188-190. For 84

effort to to establish establish aa typology typology ofofmedieval medievalglossaries, glossaries,see seeC.C.Burídant, Buridant, "" Lexicogramédiévales. Esquisse Esquisse de bilan et perspectives perspectives de de recherche recherche", ", phie et glossographie médiévales. Moyen Âge, Age, ed. C. La lexicographie C. Burídant, Buridant, Lexique 4 (Arras, 1986), 1986), 9-46. 9-46. lexicographie au Moyen 85 $5 The The comparison comparison is is made made more more difficult difficult by bythe theunresolved unresolvedcontroversy controversy between the Lindsay school Goetz, not not to to mention mention the the absence absence of of between the Lindsay school and and that that of Goetz, indices to the the imperfectly imperfectly alphabetized alphabetized glossaries glossaries edited edited by by Lindsay Lindsay and and his hisstustuindices dents. I Ihave havecompared comparedthe thenew newglosses glossestotoall allthe thematerial material indexed indexed in in Corpus gloss. gloss, dents. After soundings soundings revealed revealed the the extent extent of ofconnections connections with with the the Liber 6-7. After lat. vols. 6-7. Liber glossarum (" Ansileubus "), that glossary glossaryand andhave have glossarum (" "),IIsystematically systematically compared compared P with that noted the results results in in the the apparatus. apparatus. Soundings Soundings were conducted conducted for all all the the other other noted Latin glossaries edited in Lindsay's corpus and failed failed to to change change the thepicture. picture. Latin 86 Ed.W. W.M. M.LiNDsAY Lindsay et al.; al. ; on the two two earliest earliest MSS, MSS, Cambrai, B.M. B.M. 693 (olim 693 (ohm °6 Ed. 5[1950] 611) 611) and Paris, Paris, B.N. B.N. lat. lat. 11529 11529 and and 11530 11530 (C.LA. 743) C.L.A. 5[1950] (C.LA. 6[1953] 743) 633; C.LA. BISHOP, " The The Prototype of the Liber glossarum glossarum ", T. A. A. M. M. Bishop, the Liber ", Medieval MedievalScribes, Scribes,MSS MSS see T. and Libraries. Parkes and A. Libraries. Essays Essays presented presentedtotoN.N.R.R.Ker, Ker, ed. M. M. Β. B. Parkes A. G. G. Watson Watson LτκDSAΥ, ""Vergil 1978), pp. 69-86; on the the Virgilian Virgilian content: content:W. W.M. M. Lindsay, (London, 1978), Vergil Scholia Ansileubus glossary", glossary", American Journal Journal of ofPhilology Philology 58(1937) 1-6. 1-6. in the Ansileubus

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Introduction

31

or "capellum" for "tiaras" "tiaras" (7.247) look like spontaneous spontaneous explanaexplanations. A A few few uncover uncover aa sense sense of of humor humor in in the theannotator, annotator, for for tions. instance when "procacibus austris" is is explained explained with with the the words words instance when "procacibus "multum loquens loquens in potum" potum" (Aen. (Aen. 1.536). The early medieval medieval The early "multum landscape emerges clearly when the towns and kingdoms of the the landscape emerges clearly when towns and kingdoms of Virgilian world "gens" (3.401, 6.2 etc.). And (3.401, 6.2 etc.). And Virgilian world become become "terra" "terra" or "gens" not feel feel the the impact impactof ofChristian Christianobsessions obsessionswith withdamdamhow can we not nation the way way words words like like "exitium" "exitium" (2.131, (2.131, 5.625, 5.625, 7.129) 7.129) or nation in the "scelus" are glossed with "peccatum"? glossed "peccatum"? (2.125) scelus" Although difficult question question of of the theconnections connections between between Although the the difficult specific lexical glossaries has has not not often often been been specific lexical glosses glossesand and the the glossaries treated, it shed light light on on individual individual glosses. glosses. It It can canalso also help help treated, it can shed most distinctive distinctive aspects aspects of of the the Latinity Latinityof ofthe thegloss glosstratraclarify the most dition into annotations fall. Theedition edition of ofthe theglosses glosses dition into which which P's P's annotations fall. The therefore notes notes which which explanations explanations seem seem connected connected with with Liber therefore glossarum; additional noted when when Liber glossarum glossarum additional parallels parallels are noted glossarum; or lacks lacks the the explanation explanation offered offeredby byP. P. The The conclusion conclusion to tobe be differs or drawn for our our purposes purposes is is that thatthe thenew newglosses glossesappear appearclosely closely drawn related to the the Liber glossarum, whether because their author author conconclosely related glossary glossary as as aa kind kindof ofdictionadictionasulted the Liber or a closely prime role role in in shaping shaping the the glosglosry, because the Liber had played a prime sator's Latinity, Latinity, or because P's glosses glosses copy copy from from one one of of the the sator's or because Liber's sources. "

Conclusion CONCLUSION The Palatine Virgil Virgil was extensively the midmidextensively annotated annotated around around the dle of the ninth ninth century century in in aamilieu milieu which whichused usedaaProtoromanceProtoromancedle flavored Latin The first first fact fact may may point point to to flavored Latin and and Old Old High High German. German. The area of of modern-day modern-day France; France;the thesecond seconddoes doesnot notnecnecthe general area essarily contradict Some of of the the glosses glosses seem seem to to have have been been essarily contradict it. it. Some copied into from another another manuscript, manuscript, and andthis thishypothetical hypothetical copied into P from exemplar or ancestor may may have have been been in in insular insular script. script. The The exemplar or an ancestor glosses show Servius but but do do seem seem connected connected glosses show limited limited affinity with Servius Latin glossary glossary tradition tradition as as exemplified exemplified by by the the Liber glosgloswith the Latin sarum. The knew Tironian Tironian notes, notes, which, since since they they are are The annotators knew common in western Francia than than across across the theRhine, Rhine, provide provide more common another geographic geographic indicator. This is is reinforced reinforced by by the the fact fact that that indicator. This

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

32

McCormick Michael McCormick

glossed Carolingian Carolingian Virgil Virgil MSS MSS which which also alsouse useTironian Tironian all other glossed France. PPwas wasconnected connectedwith, with,and andmay may notes are associated associated with with France. well have have been been in the the hands hands of, of, Mudinus Mudinus and and Framiarius. Framiarius. The The well orthographic form of the second name is clearly west Prankish. orthographic form of the second name is clearly west Frankish. Together, these point to the the central central border border lands lands of of westwestTogether, these names names point Lotharingia, especially especially east east central central France, France, and and ern Francia and Lotharingia, fact occur occur together together in in the thecanonial canonialchapter chapterofofSt. St.Georges Georges of of in fact Lyons. The glosses' spelling patterns do not contradict this patLyons. The glosses' spelling patterns do not contradict this pattern. P's P'sclosest closesttextual textualaffinity affinityisiswith withGud. Gud.70 70whose whosescript scriptalso also tern. Lyons. Although Althoughmore moreresearch researchmay mayuncover uncover shows symptoms of Lyons. new and and old old data, data, at at present present their their evidence further clarifying this new combined weight suggests that ca. 850 the Palatine Virgil was combined weight suggests that ca. 850 the Palatine Virgil was used scholars connected connected with with Lyons Lyons and and was was presumably presumably in in used by scholars that region. How ititcame cameinto intotheir theirhands handsisisunclear. unclear. How Howand and that region. How reached Lorsch Lorsch from from there there remains remains unknown unknown87 when it reached 87.•

87 g7

On Lyons' Lyons' late late antique antique library, library, e.g. Btscnom', Bischoff, Palñographie, Palàographie, p. Two posOn p. 243. 243. Two ρossible connections connections might might help help explain explain contacts contacts between between east east central central France Franceand and sible and may have some bearing bearing on P's P's movements Both Lorsch and movements in in the ninth century. century. Both Lorsch and cathedral of of Autun Autun shared shared the the same samepatron patronsaint, saint,St. St.Nazarius. Nazarius. and the cathedral Perhaps even significant is the the Modwín Modwin mentioned mentioned above above (section (section 4) 4) who who Perhaps even more more significant at Hessheim, Hessheim, near near Frankenthal, Frankenthal, less less than than20 20kms. kms. from from Lorsch and gave held land at it to Wissembourg ca. 810, rather rather than than Lorsch. A A generation earlier, Liudhard and Meinhard had transferred to to Lorsch property they had had Meinhard property in in the same hamlet which they Gerhard, who has been identified identified with with aacount countininthe theMain Mainregion: region : received from Gerhard, Codex Laureshamensis, Laureshamensis, ed. K. Glòckner (Darmstadt, 1934).363, On ed. K. Glöckner 2.1 2.1(Darmstadt, 1934).363,no. no. 1231. 1231. On Gerhard transaction, see H. H. Gensicke, [Die Grundherrschaft der Abtei Abtei-] Gerhard and and this this transaction, GHNSICKE, ""[Die -] Worms-, Speyer- und Nahegau Nahegau", Lorsch.Festgabe Festgabezum zumGedenken Gedenken an ", Die Reichsabtei Reichsabtei Lorsch. ihre Stiftung Stiftung 764 1(Darmstadt, l(Darmstadt, 1973) 1973) 437-506, 437-506, here p. 441.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

EDITION EDITION

The The first word indicates the lemma above above or in the margin margin of of which the gloss is written. When the gloss is written which the gloss is written. When the gloss is written above above aa nearby word word other other than that nearby that to to which which itit refers, refers, the theword wordbeing being explained is is added added in parentheses. explained In publishing these glosses, glosses, II have have tried tried to to err always publishing these always on on the the side of prudence: side of prudence: a number number of of times times aafew fewletters letterswere werevisible visible which might have fitted aa reading reading suggested suggested by by the the lexical lexical materimaterial, al, but but because because doubt doubt subsisted subsisted on on decisive decisive letters, letters, I have have rerefrained from frained from printing printing them them in in the theedition$$. edition88. The The objective objective has has been been not to to offer offer the themaximum maximum number number of ofpossible possible decipherdecipherrents, ments, but butto tocreate createas assure sureaafoundation foundation for forfuture futureresearch research as as my eyes and and the nature of my eyes of dry dry point point will will allow. allow. Editorial conventions observed here here are fairly Editorial conventions observed fairly straightforstraightforward. I Ihave ward. haveseparated separated words. words. Italics Italicsindicate indicate doubtful doubtful letters letters and in this and this edition edition mean mean that that what what was wasvisible visible seemed seemed more more or or less clearly clearly to to fit the less the proposed proposed letter letter but but not notenough enoughwas wasvisible visible for certainty. ) indicate for certainty. ( () indicate that that there there isissufficient sufficient space space for for the the proposed proposed letter but insufficient insufficient graphic graphic evidence evidence to to determine determine its its nature on on that that basis basis alone. alone. {}{} indicate indicate aa restored restored letter letter for forwhich which space is lacking. lacking. ()() are space is are used used for forexpanded expanded abbreviations abbreviations indicated indicated by some some form form of titulus; by titulus; when when the the ()() are areitalicized, italicized, this this indicates indicates that the titulus is not distinct. distinct. Periods indicate apparent presence Periods indicate apparent presence of a letter whose whose nature cannot be determined. determined. **indicates indicatesaalaculacuna, usually due to the binder's na, binder's trimming trimming of of the thefolio. folio. Only two of of the the sigla used in the notes Only two sigla or short-titles short-titles used notes will will be be Corp. gloss, gloss.lat. lat. == Corpus Corpusglossariorum glossariorumlatinorum latinorum expanded here: Corp. expanded Lib. gloss. Ansileubi sive sive Liber (Leipzig, 1888-1923); Lib. gloss. = - Glossaria Glossarla Ansileubi Liber M. Lindsay et et al., glossarum, ed. W. M. ai, (Paris, 1926).

88 u

For an example example of of my my practice, practice, see see the the introduction introductiontotoAppendix Appendix2.2.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

34

McCormick Michael McCormick Pal. lat. 1631

f. 57• 57" Aen. 1.316: 1.316; Threissa: dea... ss.... .na 1.318: habilem (arcum): bog. bog. n Aen. 1.318: Old High German gloss which apparently translates the noun noun this this adjective adjective Old High German gloss modifies. f. 58. 58r 1.327; aut Aen. 1.327:

haut p~

The dry annotators have corrected corrected this this erroneous erroneous reading reading of ofP.P.See See The dry point annotators Introduction, 5. 1.337: uincire: legare Aen. 1.337: On the Introduction, 3. 3. On the spelling, see Introduction, 187 Lib. gloss. VI 187 1.343: ditissimus: Aen. 1.343: ditissimus: (abundaus) (abundan) Tironian note. Thesymbol symbolfor forthe thestem stem" "AbD" as isis the thediagonal diagonal Tironian note. The AbD " is clear, as trait for the ending. ending. I Icould couldnot notdiscern discernthe thewavy wavyconclusion conclusionofofthat thattrait traitthat that trait for the signifies""-ns". signifies -ns ". DI 1167 Lib. gloss. DI 58v f. 58• 1.347: immanior: major, maior, pejor peior Aen. 1.347: on Aen. Aen. 5.351. 5.351. Cf. below on Ci. Lib. gloss. gloss. IM IM 11 11 (immanes: magni) Cf. 60r f. 60. Aen. 1.415: Paphium Paphium:: insula(m) insula(m) Final "a" "a" shows a peculiar upward stroke which seems to to end end in in aahorizonhorizonFinal titulus. tal stroke, apparently serving as a titulus. 64-5 Lib. gloss. PA PΑ 64-5 Aen. 1.417: sertisque sertisque:: coronae Lib. gloss. SE 583 1.421: magalia: case Aen. 1.421: case pas(to)ra/(es) pas(to)ral(es) Cf. differing Cf. differing gloss on Aen. 4.259. MΑ 159 Lib. gloss. MA Aen. 1.422 1.422:: strepitumque: rugitum rugítum

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

35

scaenis: obsccms obscenis •• Aen. 1.429: scaenís: 1.433: nectare: me\ me! Aen. 1.433:

gloss. NE 140 140 Lib. gloss. 60v f. 60° Aen. 1.438: 1.438: fastigia; fastigía: culmina

Cf. on Aen. 2.444. Cf. below, below, differing gloss on

gloss. FA Lib. gloss. FA 520 r f.61 f. 61~

1.464: pictura: imago Aen. 1.464:

gloss. PI 46 Lib. gloss. f. 62r 1.514:: auidi: auidi : cupidi Aen. 1.514 gloss. AU AU 237 Lib. gloss. Aen. 1.527: Afncanis 1.527: Libycos: Africanis Cf. Cf. below on Aen. 6.843. gloss. LI 115 Lib. gloss. LI 115 62v f. 62• loquens in in potum potum procacibus austris: austris: multum loquens Aen. 1.536: procacibus It is perhaps perhaps significant significant of of the theglosses' glosses'background background that that here here"proca "procax", It is Χ ', often had had aa sexual sexual connotation connotation in in classical classicalusage usage (Oxford Latin Latin Dictionary Dictionary which so often [Oxford, 1968] 1968] 1466), 1466), is associated associated with withdrinking. drinking. 2 [Oxford, f. 63rΤ Aen. 1.555: absumpta: absumpta: recepta f. 63v Aen. 1.576: equidem: ínsula insula v

Manifest error: 63 was wasclearly clearly Manifest error: the the gloss gloss written written above above the the top top line line of f.f. 63• intended intended to to appear appear above above the the top line line of of f.f.64•; 64, ; cf. cf.the the correctly correctly placed placed gloss gloss on 1.622. For Forthis this error's error's significance, significance, see see Introduction, Introduction, 5. 5. Aen. 1.622. Aen. 1.578: errat: uagat

gloss. ER Lib. gloss. ER 13 etc. compellat:: (loquitur) 1.581: compellat Aen. 1.581:

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

36

Michael McCormick

Glossed with with the the usual Tironían Korn, Pal.crit. Pal. cri c. 2.203 2.203 or or Schmitz, Scηµιτ z, Glossed Tironian note: note: see see Kopp, Comm. 26, 26, 11; 11; Introduction, 2. Comm. Cf. Lib. gloss. CO CO 1226 1226 etc.

1.591:adflarat adflaratac: -. adflabat Aen. 1.591; adflabat Ppc Correction to to the the text text:: ""ba" added in in dry dry point point to the right of the Correction ha " isis added the ancient ancient correction ""ra". correction ra ". There There may may be be aa letter letter or or possibly possibly aa Tironían Tironian note just to the left the "ra". "re. See of the SeeIntroduction, Introduction, 5. 5.

64rr f. 64

dur fluuii: aqua in fréta frets dum in mare mare Aen. 1.607: in aqwa intrat mtrat in Rare example example of a gloss which Rare which paraphrases paraphrases the the text. text. See See Introduction, Introduction, 5. 5. Cf. Lib. gloss. FR FR 144 (Jreta: (freta: mare) mare)

Aen. 1.621 1.621:: Belus: Relus: pater Didonis • f.64' f. 64'

1.622: Cyprum: Cyprum: insula ínsula Aen. 1.622: Here the the gloss which was Here was first first copied copied erroneously erroneously above above the the top top line lineof off.f.63r 63r 1.576) has has been been correctly placed. (see above on Aen. 1.576) CI 226 Lib. gloss. CI

Aen. 1.624: 1.624: Pelasgi: Pelasgi: Grec(i) Cf. below below on Aen. 2.152. Cf. PE 183 Lib. gloss. PE

1.625: insignis ac-: insigni insigni P.C. clara Aen. 1.625: pc : :clara Cf. differing differing gloss on Aen. 5.310. Cf. 4.97.38 and and 4.356.1 4.356.1;; cf. 5.411.7 and 5.643.33. Corp. gloss. gloss, lat. 4.97.38 5.643.33. demur: nouissime Aen. 1.629: demum: nouissime Cf. gloss gloss on Aen. 2.795. Cf. DE 779 779 etc. Lib. gloss. DE

Aen. 1.632: indicit: inperat mperat Aan. 3.264. Cf. also on Aen.

celataque : scripta' sc ripta' Aen. 1.640: celataque: The glossary glossary tradition tradition leads leads one to expect The expect ""sculpta" sculpta "(cf. (cf. e. e. g. g. Lib. Lib. gloss. CE CE Nonetheless, on on two separate 119). Nonetheless, separate occasions the third third letter letter clearly clearly appeared appeared to Α misunderstanding be an "r". "r". A this rather rather misunderstandingofofthe thesource sourceisispossible. possible. In view of this surprising rendering, it is worth noting noting that that the the IIrish ~sh grammarian grammarian Sedulius Sedulius Scotus, active Liège in the middle of of the the ninth ninth century, century, associates associates "caelare" " caelare " with with "pin" pinactive at at Liege

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

37

gere": In Donau Donatií artem artem maurern, maiorem, ed. ed. B. Lòfstedt, CCL Cont. Coni. med. med. 40Β(1977). 408(1977). 120. 120. Lófstedt, CCL 88-91; cf. 299.80-82. r

66 f. 66r

fotum:: amplexM(m) amplexu (m ) Aen. 1.692: fotum Cf. Cf. below below on Aen. 4.193. Cf. Corp. gloss. gloss, lat. 4.240.6, 4.345.50, 4.443.7 and and 5.458.21. 5.458.21. r

Plate 11

67r f. 67

increpitans:: inperans inperans Aen. 1.738; 1.738: increpitans This awkward awkward explanation explanation diverges glossary tradition tradition (e. g. g. Lib. Lib. This diverges from from the glossary gloss. IN 295-302Α). 295-302A). The The lemma is associated with "iubere" "inhere" in Paulinus Paulinas of Nola Nola (T. L. L. L. 7.1[1934-64]. 7.1[1934-64]. 1049-1050, 1049-1050, here 1050.20-21) 1050.20-21) and with with "impe "imperium" Sedulius ri um" by Sedulius Scotus' commentary on Paul's Paul's Epistle Epistle to to Titus: Titus: PL 103.248Α. 103.248A. Aurorae .....filius: .filius: filius filius sous solis Aen. 1.751: Aurorae The gloss over the first first word word and and clearly clearly refers refers to the the sense sense unit unit as as aa The gloss is over whole, whole. 68» f. 68"

ornes intentique ora tenebant: tenebant: (Dido (Dido flectitur flectitur ...) ...) Aen. 2.1: Conticuere omnes This series Tironian notes content from most most of of This series of six Tironían notes appears appears to to differ in content the other glosses in that it describes the action of this this section. section. The Thenotes notesfor forDido Dido unmistakable; that "flectitur" is regular regular except except for for the theending, ending,ininwhich which are unmistakable; that for "flectitur" normal form for ""-itur" flanked by by a point point to either either side. side. The Thelast lastthree three - itur" is flanked the normal me. notes are unclear to me. Aen. 2.2: alto: (gemens). (gemens). Tironian the forms forms suggested suggested by Tironian note (and (and ending), ending), slightly slightly different different from the crii. 2.147 and Schmitz, Comm. Comm. 61, The Kopp, Pal. crit. 61, 93 93 and 15, 71; 71; Introduction, Introduction,2.2. The third note is uncertain. uncertain. IfIfthe theresolution resolutionisiscorrect, correct,the theparticiple participleexplains explainsAeneas' Aeneas' third this section. section. demeanor in this 2.9:: praecipitat: a cadenti q Aen. 2.9 The last letter " q " or an Arabic Arabic number " q "ititmay may The letter looks looks like like a "q" number 9.9. IfIfititisisaa"q" abbreviate some "quaerere" and and hint hint at at aaschoolroom schoolroomcontext: context:Wieland, Wieland, abbreviate some form of "quaerere" Glosses, pp. 194-195. 194-195. Latin Glosses, Cf. on Aen. 2.37. Cf. differing differing gloss on Lib. gloss. gloss. PR 226 Minerua Aen. 2.15: Palladis: Minerua gloss. PA Lib. gloss. PA 88

Plate 3

Aen. 2.16; 2.16 sectaque: sectaque : diuisum :

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

38

Michael McCormick

SE 9 Lib. gloss. SE abiete: arbor

Plate 3 Plate

AΒ 101 Cf. Lib. gloss. AB f. 69r 69r indicantes .. Aen. 2.24: prouecti prouecti:: mdicantes The gloss is followed by The by what what appears appears to to be beaaTironian Tironian note. note. estimati Aen. 2.25: rati: estimati RA 278 Lib. gloss. RA 2.27: iuuat: (delectat) Aen. 2.27: Tironian note. Cf. Schmitz, Comm. 77, 77, 91. Tironian Lib. gloss. IU 232 Aen. 2.31: stupet stupet;: mirati

The palaeographical palaeographical form of the The the "t-i" "t-i" ligature is clear: clear: the the horizontal horizontal stroke stroke down and and curves curves back back under underthe thevertical verticaltotoform formthe the"i". "í". It is of the "t" "t" turns turns down is certainly not the i-longa that intersects is horizontal certainly intersects the the t's the Anglo-Saxon Anglo-Saxon horizontal to form the abbreviation for "-ur" Νotae, pp. abbreviation " -ur " (cf. (cf.Lindsay, Lindsay, Notae, Bains, Supplement, pp. 373-374 373-374 and and Bains, Supplement, p. 64). 64). The p. The plural plural form form here here could could possibly possibly be be explained explained as aa constructio senconstructio ad sensum (" pars ... ... "). (" pars "). ItItcould couldalso alsobe beexplained explainedas asan anerror errorresulting resulting from from aa continencontinental scribe's unfamiliarity with with an an exemplar's exemplar's insular insular sign; sign; in this case the tal scribe's unfamiliarity the glossaglossamiratur ", as as for instance in tor's exemplar would have have read read""miratur", in Cud. Gud. 70, 70, f.f. 28 28vB. νΒ. This This latter latter view view is is strengthened strengthened by by the the fact fact that that nowhere nowhere else else do the glosses change the tense of a lemma lemma from from present present to to perfect. perfect. ST 450 Lib. gloss. ST (dirigere) Aen. 2.37: praecipitare praecipitare:: (dirigere) Tironian As itit appears appears here, here, the the note note closely closely resembles resembles the the form form inin Tironiannote. note. As crii. 2.107 that the Kopp, Pal. Grit. 2.107 or Schmitz, Comm. 50, 50, 94, 94, from from which which it differs in that lower curve of of the the sign signfor for""dd "" is angular angular while while the thevertical verticalstroke strokeofofthe the" "ríri"" isis longer The ending ending isisnormal normal albeit albeit somewhat somewhat angular. angular. longer than than might might be be expected. expected. The The the note note for for "deicere" "deicere" (cf. (cf. Schmitz, Schmitz, Comm. The gloss bears no resemblance to the Comm. 12, 12, 30 and Lib. gloss. PR PR 224). Aen. 2.38: terebrare terebrare:: (per)forare Combination writCombination of of Tironian Tironian notes notes and and normal script :: the the verb's verb's prefix is written with the Tironian sign; sign ; cf. Introduction, Introduction, 2. Lib. gloss. TE 433

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

39

f. 69" 69• Aert. 2.52: compagibus: c(on)iunct(urís) c(on)iunci{uris) Aen. The first letter appears appears to to be be the the Tironian Tironian note note for for"con-." * con-. " The Corp. lat. 4.323.5, 4.323.5, 4.496.43, 4.496.43, 5.279.11 5.279.11 (coniuncturae); 5.184.3, Corp. gloss, gloss. lat. (coniuncturae); 4.323.6, 4.323.6, 5.184.3, 5.282.3 (coniunctio). Aen. 2.55: Argolicas: Grec(as) Grec(as) Aen. This specialized abbreviations. See Introduction, Introduction,1.1. This is is one one of the glosses' specialized abbreviations. See

Lib. gloss. gloss. AR 310 Lib. AR 310

foedare: sordidare sordidare (explicatur) (explicaiwr) The second word is written with with the the Tíronían Tironian note note (cf. (cf. Kopp, 2.126, 2.126, Schmitz,

Comm. 76, 6). 6). The ending is not clear. clear. Comm. Corp. Corp. gloss, gloss. lat. lat. 5.500.42 f. 70r f. 701. Aen. 2.70: deniqu piabunt: mundab(unt) No for ending. ending. No abbreviation abbreviation sign sign apparent for 4 www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick

40

This explanation explanationdoes does not not recur recur in in the the edited edited glossaries. glossaries. ItIt isisfound, This found,howevhowevΒ. M. M. 468, 468, f.f. 39vB. 39ΝΒ. er, in the Virgílian word list of Laon, er, Virgilian word Laon, B.

Aen. 2.145: ultro: ultro: cit{r}o cit{r}o The gloss gloss is is quite clear and and there there is is no "r". The quite clear "r". This Thisgloss glossappears appears totoderive derive from an an erroneous readingof of aa glossary, glossary, in in which which the the first from erroneous reading first word word of the the lemma lemma citro" was misconstrued misconstrued as as a lemma followed by aa gloss. ""ultro ultro citro " was gloss. Cf. differing differing gloss below on Aen. 2.279. Cf. 4.194.24, 4.402.45, 4.402.45, 4.580.24, 4.580.24, 5.336.59, 5.336.59, 5.519.29; 5.519.29; cf. Lib. Lib. Corp. gloss, gloss. lot. See Corp. lot. 4.194.24, UL 75 75 (ultro citroque). gloss. UL 2.152: Pelasga: Grec(a) Aen. 2.152: Grec(a) See above, Aen. 1.624.

f. 72r 72r 2.166: caesis; caesis: occisis Aen. 2.166: Cf. below below on Aen. 7.175. Cf. CE 619 Lib. gloss. CE pal. s nom(en) Palladi(s) Aen. 2.171: Tritonia: pal. Paliadi{s) The first word could The could be berestored restoredasas""palus palus". ". TR 402 Cf. Lib. gloss. TR 2.175: parmamque: scutu(m) Aen. 2.175: PΑ 525 etc. Lib. gloss. PA

f. 720 72"

tranquilla: serena Aen. 2.203: tranquilla: TR 110 Lib. gloss. TR 2.204: orbibus: rota Aen. 2.204: OR 77 Cf. Lib. gloss. OR 2.206: iubaeque: iubaeque: capilli Aen. 2.206: capil/i

f. 73r 73r 2.209: salo: mare Aen. 2.209: SA 215 Lib. gloss. SA

.

2.213: Laocoonta: Laocoonta: accusatiu(u>s accusatiu(u)s Grecus Aen. 2.213: Grecus-•

Plate 4 Plate

The scribe scribe erred erred in in writing writingonly onlyone one of of the the minims The minims of the second second "u" "u" in in accusatiuus ". One "accusatiuus". One of few few grammatical grammatical comments. comments.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition 2.217: spirisque: Aen. 2.217: spirisque: nodis

41 41

Plate 5

Lib. gloss. SP 184 f. 731 73"

similia 2.232: simulacrum: similia Aen. 2.232; Cf. Lib. gloss. SI 316 f. 74' 74r

Tendo: insula Aen. 2.255: Tenedo: 291 292 Lib. gloss. TE 291-292 -

Aen. 2.261: 2.261: Sthenelusque: Sthenelusque : Achiles Achiles Erroneous identification. On Erroneous identification. On geminate geminate consonants, consonants, see see Introduction, Introduction, 3. 3. 2.263: Neoptolemus: Neoptolemus: Pir(rus) Aen. 2.263: Cf. below below on Aen. 2.549 and 3.333. Cf. Lib. gloss. 306 gloss. NE 305 305-306 -

f. 74° 74" spout{e} Aen. 2.279: 2.279: ultro: spont{e} Glossed differently differently from from previous previous occurrence: see above 2.145. Glossed above at at Aen. 2.145.

gloss. UL Lib. gloss. UL 68 75" f. 75r

Priami filius Priamí Aen. 2.310: Deiphobi: filiws

Plate Plate 6

An inverted An inverted pyramid pyramid of of three three points precedes the gloss. Aen. 2.312: 2.312: Ucalegon: domus gloss. UC UC 11 Lib. gloss. Sigea; maris Sigea: Lib. gloss. SI 137

Aen. 2.317: Panthus: Panthus: sacerdos •• Vergila carmina carmina commentarii, commentarli, ed. E. E. K. K. Rand et al., al., 22 (Lancas(LancasCf. Serviani in Vergilii ter, PA, 1946). 1946). 408.56; Donatus, Interpretationes vergilianae, ed. Interpretationes vergilianae, ed. H. Η . Georgii Georgii 11 (Leipter,PA, 1905). 190. 190. 26. zig, 1905).

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

42

Michael McCormick

75ν f. 75* Aen. 2.326: Argos: Gre(cos) Gre(cos)

Cf. below below on Aen. 2.393. Cf. AR 301 Lib. gloss. AR

2.339: (R)iphaeus: Aen. 2.339: gamemnonias: ( Α gamemnonias : Gre(cas) Aen. 3.54: Gre(cas) )

3.62; funus: sepulchru(m) sepulchru(m) sepulturam sepulturam Aen. 3.62:

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

48

McCormick Michael McCormick Cf. Lib. Lib. gloss. gloss. FU FU 195 195 (sepulture).

Aen. 3.68; (clamantes) Aen. 3.68: (uocem) ciemus: (clamantes) Tironian note. The stem stem isis not not indicated indicated by by the the canonical canonical form form for for e.e. g.g. Tironian note. The "clamai" (Schmitz, (Schmitz, Comm. Comm. 56, 56, 75) "clamor"(Schmitz, (Schmitz, Comm. Comm. "clamat" 75) but but by by that that used in "clamor" 56, 81 Kopp, Pal. The ending ending isis visible, visible, except except for the the topmost topmost diagdiag56, 81;; cf. Kopp, Pal. crit. crit. 69). 69). The unequivocally differentiate from the thesingular. singular. onal, which would unequivocally differentiate the plural from Lib. gloss. gloss. CI 77 Lib. r

88 f. 88r

Aen. 3.70: sonans Aen. 3.70: crepitans: sonans Cf. Cf. below on Aen. Aen. 6.209. Lib. gloss. gloss. CR 119 119 etc. Lib. etc. Aen. 3.74: Aegaeo Aegaeo:... Aen. :... mare Lib. gloss. gloss. EG 27 Lib. Aen. 3.75: Arquitenens:.. .ter ... Apollo. Aen. 3.75: Arquitenens: ...ter Cf. Lib. gloss. AR 165 165 Lib. gloss. Aen. 3.76: .... Aen. 3.76: Mycono: Mycono: (in)sM/a (in)sula .. Lib. gloss. gloss. MI 25 Lib. Aen. 3.81: ornatus Aen. 3.81: redimitus: redimitus: circwitM circuitu ornatus Corp. gloss, gloss. lat. Cf. Corp. lat. 4.278.10, 4.561.14. 34rA (ornatus). Cf. Gud. lat. 70, f. 34rÁ

Aen. 3.85: Thymbraee: h{er)ha Aen. h(er)bs Lib. gloss. gloss. TI 69 Lib. v f. 88 f. 881

Aen. 3.93: )ti Aen. 3.93: (summis)si: (summis)si: ( )tí The first of the the gloss gloss was was lost lost with the outer outer edge edge of the the folio. folio. The The The first part of glossaries suggest (subdi)ti (Corp. {Corp. gloss, lat. 4.395.8) glossaries suggest the the restoration (subdi)ti gloss. lat. 4.395.8)or or (inclina)ti {Lib. gloss. gloss. SU 231). (Lib. Aen. 3.102: monimenta monimenta:: documenta Aen. Cf. below on Aen. Aen. 6.26. Aen. 3.105: Idaeus: Aen. Idaeus : mons Lib. gloss. gloss. ID ID 42 etc. Lib. Aen. 3.105: Aen. 3.105: cunabula: lec/a letta • gloss. CU 188 Lib. gloss. Cf. Lib.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

49

Aen. 3.111: Corybantiaque: (c)imbala {c)im&ala Aen. The third looks as asthough thoughititmight mightbe beread read The third visible visible letter letter is quite difficult: itit looks "s° but "b" is not impossible. impossible. The Thefirst first"a" "a"looks lookstotobe beopen. open. as a long "s" Lib. gloss. gloss. CO CO 2192 lowts Aen. 3.113: dominae: mater Iouis Serviani in inVergilii Vergilacarmina carmina commentarii A. H. H. Travis et commentarli ed. A. Α. F. Stocker, A. Cf. Serviani 1965). 56.3-6; 56.3-6; Lib. gloss. gloss. CI (Cibelus: cf. Aen. 3.111). CI 22 22 (Cibelus: al. 3 (Oxford, 1965). Aen. 3.115: Gnosia: Gnosis: Cret(ensia) varying glosses. glosses. 5.306 and 6.566 for varying See also below Aen. 5.306 Lib. gloss. gloss. GN GN 25 89r f. 89r insula Aen. 3.124: 3.124: Hortygiae: insula 154. Cf. on Aen. 3.143 3.143 and 154. Lib. gloss. gloss. OR DE 697. 697. OR 310 310 etc. and DE 89v f. 89• Aen. 3.139: 3.139: letifer: letifer : mortalis Cf. below Cf. below on Aen. 4.169. gloss. LE LE 284 P's gloss gloss isisidentical identical with with that that of ofCud. Gud. lat. lat. 70, 70, 284 etc. etc. P's Cf. Lib. gloss. f. 34r13. 34rB. uentits Aen. 3.141: Sirius: uentus Ortygiae:: insula Aen. 3.143: Ortygiae at Aen. 3.124. 3.124. See above at tol(lere). Aen. 3.153: demere: deurere:.. tol{lere). The first sign looks looks like like aa Tironian Tironian note, note, possibly possibly aa poorly poorly executed executed version version The of (uel) or (pro). (pro). The Thelast lastfour fouror orfive fiveletters lettersofofthe thegloss glossare areunclear unclearatatbest. best. at Aen. 2.775. See above at Ortygiam:: gen., insula gen.. insula Aen. 3.154: Ortygiam The first part of gloss gloss isis very veryuncertain. uncertain. The at Aen. 3.124. 3.124. See above at

spinte Aen. 3.155: ultro: sponte on Aan. Aen. 2.145. 2.145. Cf. the differing gloss on

gloss. UL UL 68 Lib. gloss.

permensi : mensurauim(us) mensurauim(us) Aen. 3.157: 3.157 : permensi:

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick Michael

50

On the late Latin Latín verb: T.L.L. T.L.L. 8 (19364966). On (1936-1966). 770-772. 770-772. Lib. gloss. PE 901

f. 90° 90r 3.162: Delius: Delius: Appallo Appallo deus Aen. 3.162: On this this spelling spelling error, see Introduction, 3. Cf. Cf.e.e. g. g. below, below, on Aen. Aen. 6.12. 6.12. On Introduction, 3. Lib. gloss. DE 674 3.167: Dardanus: Dardanus: Dardanus h(omo) Aen. 3.167: h(omo) On the the ad hoc abbreviation On abbreviation for "homo" "homo" see see Introduction, Introduction, 1.1. Cf. Lib. gloss. DA 126 Aen. 3.170: 3.170: Corythum: Corythum: gens Italie Aen. Italie

Cf. Lib. gloss. CO 2237 Creta(e) Aen. 3.171: Dictaea: Dictaea:mon{s} monjs} Creta(e) Lib. gloss. DI DI 111 111 (Dict[ator]{e): (Dict[ator](e): mons in Creta) Lib. Creta) 1. 3.173: illutac-:: illud pc Aen. 3.173: -

Correctiontotothe the text: text: the the dry dry point point "d" "d isiswritten Correction writtenininthe thespace spaceabove abovethe the "t". The Thestylus stylusused usedhere hereappears appearssomewhat somewhatblunter blunterthan thanthat thatused usedelsewhere. elsewhere. On the corrections, see Introduction, 5. On 5.

brac.. 3.178: intemerata: intemerata: brae.. Aen. 3.178: PossiblyOld OldHigh HighGerman German(cf. (cf." bràhha "brahha" or ""brehhan"), Possibly " or brehhan "), in which which case case itit would be be an antonym, on which see Introduction, 5. would 5.

focis: focís: focus Appears to to be be aa rare instance Appears instance in in which which the the glossator glossator clarifies clarifies the the text text by by identifying the nominative singular.

Aen. 3.182: 3.182: exercite: exercite: suntea Old The fifth fifth letter letter may may be be "e "e"" or or ""i". Although no no tongue tongue Old High High German. German. The í ". Although is visible, bottom suggests suggests "" e". e ". visible, the the rounded bottom Aen. 3.183: 3.183: Cassandra: Tro(iana) f. 91r f.91r Aen. 3.208: extr(a) Plate 3.208: uerrunt: uerrunt: trahunt extr(a) Plate 9 The lost with with the the edge edge of off.f. 91. 91. The last letter was lost Cf. Lib. Lib. gloss. UE 431 431 (trahunt) Aen. 3.209: insulae 3.209: Strophadum: Strophadum: insulse Aen. Lib. 377 Lib. gloss. gloss. ST 377

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

51

Ionio: mare marc Aen. 3.211: 3.211: kink): Cf. below Cf. below on Aen. 5.193. Lib. gloss. gloss. IO IO 36 etc. Aen. 3.212: Phineia: dews deus gloss. FI 204? Cf. Lib. gloss. Stygiis: infernalis infernalis Aen. 3.215: 3.215: Stygits: gloss. ST 152 152 etc. Cf. Lib. gloss. £.91« f. 911 h(omo)... 3.239: Misenus: h(omo) .. . Aen. 3.239: Followed possibly possibly by Tironian Tironian notes. notes. On Onthis thisabbreviation abbreviationsee seeIntroducIntroducFollowed tion, 1. 1. tion, 92r f. 92' coagwlatus Aen. 3.260: deriguit: coagulatus tensis Aen. 3.263: 3.263: passis: tensis gloss. PA PA 310 (extensis) Cf. Lib. gloss. Aen. 3.264: indicit; indicit: inperat inperst on Aen. Aen. 1.632. 1.632. See above on in Gud. Gud. lat. 70. 35rB. Same gloss in 70, f. 35rB. Nohti a~ 3.268:Noti Notiac:-: Nohti Aen. 3.268: Apparently aa correction. On aspiration, aspiration, see seeIntroduction, Introduction, 3.3. Apparently correction. On gentes 3.271: Dulichium: insula gentes Aen. 3.271: explanation, see see Aen. Aen. 3.170. 3.170. For a similar explanation, gloss. DU 108. Cf. Lib. gloss. DU 108. Neritos: nsula leritos: iinswla This explanation seems well-rooted well-rooted in in ninth-century ninth-century Virgil Virgil glosses. glosses. This Gud. lat. cf. Laon, Laon, B. B. M. M. 468, 468, f.f.42r. 42r. Gud. lat. 70, f. 35rB; cf. Aen. 3.272; Ithaeae: Ulixis i/lixis p{atr)t(a) 3.272: Ithacae: p(atrji ( α) gloss. IT 7 Lib. gloss. Aen. 3.274: Leucata: Leucata: mons Lib. gloss. gloss. LE 335

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick McCormick Michael

52 f. 92• 92" Aen. 3.278: potiti: dominati

gestaren: portons portan 3.286: gestamen: Aen. 3.286; (gestare: portare ...). ...). Cf. Lib. gloss. GE 304 etc. (gestare:

ínsula Aen. 3.291: Phaeacum: insula Aen. Achilli(s) Aen. 3.296: Pyrrhi: filius Achi/li(s) Aen. See above, Aen. 2.469. 2.469. f. 93' 93" Aen. 3.300: progredior: intro manisque: animas animas.. 3.303: manisque: Aen. 3.303; .. .orum .orum The restitution restitution of of the second The second word is problematic: an abbreviated abbreviated form of of inferorum *" or, possibly "" mortuorum mortuorum ", *" inferorum ", seems seems most most likely. likely. Corp. gloss, gloss. lat. lat. 4.257.1. 4.257.1. Lib. gloss. MA 600 etc. Cf. Corp. Aen. 3.304: caespite: terra terra Aen.

Lib. gloss. CE 641 641 Aen. 3.309: tandem: nouissim(e) noMissim(e)

1931).

Cf. below below on Aen. 5.34. Cf. 5.34. "Abbe" TA 21, ed. ed. M. M. Inguanez and C. Glossaria latina latina 55 (Paris, (Paris, "Abba" C. J. Fordyce, Glossario

Aen. 3.314: hisco: aperio hisco: aperío Lib. 194 etc. Lib. gloss. gloss. HI HI 194 equidem: etiam Aen. 3.315: equidem: 6.722. Cf. below on Aen. 5.56, 5.56, 399 399 and 6.722.

f. f. 93" 93' Aen. 3.328: Lacedaemoniosque Lacedaemoniosque:: locus Ci. gloss. LA LA 127 127 etc. Cf. Lib. Lib. gloss. Aen. 3.333: Neoptolemi: Neoptolemi: Pirri See 2.263. Aen. 2.263. See above on Aen. Aen. 3.334: Chaonios: Chaonios: t(er)ra Cf. Corp. Corp. gloss, gloss. lat. lat. 5.174.9. 5.174.9. Aen. addwxit Aen. 3.338: appulit: adduxít

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

53 53

Aen. 7.39. Cf. below belοω on Aen. Cf. AD 616 Lib. gloss. AD at Aen. 3.343: excitât: excitat: solicit solicitât

f. 94r 94r Aen. 3.350: Xanthi: flumen ΧΑ 3 Lib. gloss. gloss. XA 3.357: carbasus: uelum Aen. 3.357; welum Cf. below below on Aen. 4.417. Cf. CA 642 642;; cf. CA 799 etc. Lib. gloss. gloss. CA CA 799 3.359: Troiugena: Troiugena: ((T)r(oia) Τ) r( ο~α) nat(e) Aen. 3.359: TR 449 Lib. gloss. TR 3.361: praepetis: praepetis: sonitus pinarum Aen. 3.361; Aen. ptnarum On geminate consonants. consonants, Introduction, On Introduction, 3. PR 614-615; 619. Cf. Lib. gloss. PR

94 f. 94" 3.379: {exped>iam: (exped)iam: (e)xplanam Aen. 3.379; (e)x:plaMam First letter lost lost with the edge of First letter of f.f. 94. 94. οω Aen. Aen. 7.40; 7.40; cf. too Aen. For For a similar gloss, see bel below Aen. 4.592.

3.381: rere: sperare Aen. 3.381; f. 95r 95r Aen. 3.393: requis ac: °c : requies requies

Ρ ·

Correction to the the text. text. See Correction to See Introduction, Introduction, 5. 5. 3.401: Meliboei: terra Aen. 3.401: terra

et al., 3.155.6-9 or Gud. lat. 70, 70, Stocker, Travis Cf. Serviani commentarii, commentarii, Stocker, Travis et al., 3.155.6-9 Gud. lat. 36rA: p(ro) ciuitas e(st) e(st) Gre(ciae). Gre(ciae). f. 36rÁ: ρ(rο) Meliboensis / ciuítas Aen. 3.407: orma: omina: poene poenae Cf. differing differing gloss on Aen. 7.174. Cf.

96r f. 96r 3.442: Averna: Averna: infern{um) infern(um) Aen. 3.442:

Lib. gloss. AV ΑV 114 etc.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick

54 f. 96• 96v

3.466: Dodoneos: terra Aen. 3.466; terra DO 42 (regio Epyri). Cf. Lib. gloss. DO

3.468: conum: conum: signu(m) caput Aen. 3.468: signu(m) sup(er) sup(er) caput 3.471: supplet; supplet: replet Aen. 3.471: replet f. 97rτ

3.484: chlamydem: chlamydem: sagum Aen. 3.484: f. 98r 98r

3.538: tondentes: Aen. 3.538: tendentes: pascentes pascentes TO 62 Lib. gloss. TO 3.547: Argivae: Aen. 3.547; Argiuae: Greci Greci See above on Aen. 2.393.

adolemus: offerimu(s) offerímu(s) adolemus;

lat. 4.482.28, 5.262.10. Cf. Corp. gloss. gloss, lai. f. 100r 100r

inpune: n(on) inuindicata Aen. 3.628: haut inpune; HA 159 159 (non (non sine sine poena) poem) and Cf. Lib. gloss. HA and IN IN 1385 1385 (sine (sine uindicta); uindicta); "inuíndi"inuindicatus" is associated with the 7.2 (1956-69). (1956-69). 214. 214. catus" the glossary glossary traditions: traditions: T.L.L. 7.2 f. 100• 100« Aen. 3.649: 3.649:corona corona"■'■i: corna pΡc

dry point point annotator has restored the ficilior by by drawing drawing aa large large X AA dry the lectio dif difficilior across the ""o". o ". AA similar similar correction correction technique technique isis used used below at Aen. Aen. 5.645. 5.645. Note across Note νΒ;; cf. cf. Introducthat made to to the the text text of ofGud. Gud. lat. lat. 70. 70. f.f.37 37vB that the same correction was made Introduction, 5. f. 101r Aen. 3.670: adfectare:: conti(n)gere coMti(n)gere 3.670: adfectare This which differs differs from from the the usual usual glossary glossary explanation, explanation, seems seems to to This gloss, gloss, which reflect however also g. Lib. reflect Servius; Servius: Stocker Stocker and and Travis, Travis,3.229.4-5. 3.229.4-5. Note Note however also that e. g. Lib. gloss. AD to GeyGeyAD 836 836 glosses ""adtrectare" adtrectare " with with "" contingere contíngere""and and that, that, according to monat's Burgerbibliothek 255 239, monat's apparatus apparatus (p. (p. 285), 285), the the s.s. ix Virgil MS Bern, Burgerbibliothek 255 + 239, appears adtrectare " atat this Cf. Introduction, Introduction, 5. appears to to read read ""adtrectare" this point. point. Cf.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

55

102r f. 102r ac -:: metatarum f' c· 3.714: metarum a· Aen. 3.714:

"Ta" was This may may be be aa correccorrec"Ta" was added added in in dry dry point point above above the the letters letters "ta". "to". This tion; could also also be be aa clarification clarification of of the thefaded fadedoriginal's original's lettering. lettering. Geymonat's Geymonat's tuοn; it could apparatus w. 714-718 rewritten by by aa apparatus (p. (p. 288) 288) correctly correctly notes notes that vv. 714-718 faded faded and were rewritten later hand (P3) (P3) which hand he dates dates to to s.s. iv-vi iv-vi (ed. cit. cit. p. xix). The line line has has indeed indeed xix). The been rewritten rewritten and the shuffle. shuffle. Palaeographically Palaeographically been and "-mus" "-mus" and and "via" "via" got got lost lost in the speaking, it seems to me me unlikely unlikely that that the the ink ink restoration restoration and and inept inept imitation imitation of ofthe the rustic of 33 different different "E"s "E"s and and rustic capital capital dates dates from from s. vi or earlier: the copyist's use of of "" A "s book's script script reveals revealsaascribal scribal an equal number of "sas as he he gropes gropes to imitate the book's culture in which which capitals capitals were were unfamiliar, unfamiliar, and and would, would, in inmy myopinion, opinion,be bebetter better culture anycase casethey theyare aresurely surelynot notby by dated later, later, perhaps perhaps even even as as late late as as s. viii or ix. ix. InInany the orink ink(the (thelatter latter isisgreyer) greyer) --elsewhere elsewhereidentified identifiedby byGeyGeythe same early hand - or monat as P3. P3. Compare Compare it, it, for for instance, instance, with with the the correction correction of of Aen. 6.197-198 monat 6.197-198 on 140r which also assigned assigned to to PP33 (ed. (ed. cit. cit. p. The brown brown ink ink of the the f. 140r which is also p. 380, 380, app.). app.). The rewritten section is similar similar to to but but darker darker than than that that of ofthe thes.s.íxixink inkcorrections. corrections. rewritten f. 102" Aen. 4.6: 4.6: Phoebes: Phoebea: sol gloss. EE Lib. gloss. FE 1 etc. increpar Aen. 4.13: arguit: increpat

Corp. gloss. gloss, lat. 4.207.43, 4.486.5. r f. 103 103r

.iciat • tollat tolla/ Aen. 4.25: adigat: adigat :.iciat The first first letter is unclear unclear to to me. me. The Theabbreviation abbreviationfor for"(ue)1" "(ue)l" or or"de" "de"isis The possible; the with the the first first gloss gloss on on this thisword wordininGud. Gud.lat. lat.70, 70, possible; the latter latter would would fit fit with 38rB (deiciat; (deiciat ; impellat). impellat). f. 38rß gloss. AD 291 (tollit). (tal li t). Cf. Lib. gloss. f. 103" Aen. 4.50: litatis litatis:: offertis Aen. 4.51: indulge: indulge : presta Lib. gloss. IN 505

legaws innecte: legans On see Introduction, Introduction, 3.3. On the spelling, see gloss. IN 538 Lib. gloss. Aen. 4.58: Lyaeo: Lyaeo; uinu(m) MÍMM(ni) gloss. LI 235 Lib. gloss.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick

56 4.67: uagatur: uagans Aen. 4.67:

This explanation explanation perhaps perhaps bears bears comparison comparison with with the the glosses' glosses procedure This procedure at at 2.407 or 3.178. Aen. 2.407

f. 105r 105r 4.169: leti: mors Aen. 4.169: Cf. above above on Aen. 3.139. Cf. LE 296 Lib. gloss. LE

furtiuum: steland. Aen. 4.171: furtiuum: ste/and. Old High German. Old 4.173: extemplo: statim Aen. 4.173: síatim Cf. on Aen. 7.276. Cf. EX 1207 Lib. gloss. EX

Aen. 4.178: 4.178: inritate: suscitata On the the significance significance of the discrepancy between the gloss' On gloss' gender gender and and that that of of the lemma, see Introduction, Introduction, 5. 5. 4.179: Coeo Enceladoq(ue) Enceladoq(ue):: filias filias t[.. t[ ...]errae Aen. 4.179; Jerrae There seem seem to be ". There be several several scratched scratched out out letters letters ininthe themiddle middleofof" terrae "terrae". Notice the the case-ending. Notice case-ending. The The explanation explanation could could have have been been deduced deduced from from the the text. text. Gud. lat. lat. 70 70 offers offers the Β: "filiae "filiae Gud. the same same gloss gloss in in more more classical classical form form (f. (f. 39r 39rB: t(er)rae "). tferlrae").

f. 105r 105r

pernicibus: uelox uelox Aen. 4.180: pernicibus: PE 928 928 etc. Lib. gloss. PE

f. 105• IOS"

fouere : nutrire Aen. 4.193: fouere: differing gloss on Aen. 1.692. Cf. differing gloss. lat. 4.239.21, 4.411.44, 4.411.44, 4.443.7, 4.443.7, 5.295.46, 5.295.46, etc. Cf. Corp. gloss, lat. 4.239.21,

foeda: inmunda inmunda uene(n)um uene(n)um Aen. 4.195: foeda: In the the second second word, word, a crease makes to see the first vertical of In makes it impossible impossible to the second second""nn ". ".

Aen. 4.196: 4.196: Hiarban: rex Corp. gloss, lat. 4.444.31 (rex Maurorum); cf. Gud. Gud. lat. 39rB ("rex Corp. gloss. Maurorum); cf. lat. 70, 70, f. 39rΒ ("rex Africe "). Africe ").

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

57

Aen. 4.201: excubias: uigilia No "s" " s " is visible. visible. gloss. EX 335 Lib. gloss. f. 1Ο6 106r paruam Aen. 4.212: exiguam: exíguam: panmm Cf. below on Aen. 6.493. Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. EX 546, 556 f. 106" 106• Aen. 4.238: parere: oèedire obedíre See Aen. 2.607. Aen. 4.246: 4.246: apicem: summitas ierre terre Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. AP etc. AP 84 84 (summitas) etc. s(u)stinet Aen. 4.247: fulcit: fulcit: s(u)stinet gloss. FU 75 Lib. gloss. p(er)cMtitMr Aen. 4.249: pulsatur: p(er)cutitur gloss. PU PU 210 etc. Lib. gloss. Aen. 4.253: 4.253: praeceps: praeceps: u(e)/ox u(e)lox Cf. glosses antonym at at 6.578. 6.578. Cf. glosses below at Aen. 4.565, 5.144 and the antonym The same explanation recurs recurs in in other otherCarolingian Carolingian Virgil Virgil MSS: MSS: Gud. Gud. lat. lat. 70, 70, The f. 39vß; 39vB: Bern, Bern, Burgerbibliothek Burgerbibliothek 165, 165, f.f.96v. 96v. r f. 107 107r

Aen. 4.259: muros • 4.259: magalia: muros Cf. differing word, above, above, Aen. 1.421. Cf. differing gloss on the same word, Aen. 4.262: genus ge.t.men 4.262: murice lena: genus ge.t.men... ... The second word word does doesnot notappear appeartotofitfit "purpurae" which thethe " purpurae " oror" "uestis" uestis " which the glossary tradition tradition might might suggest. suggest. f. 107' 107» Aen. 4.287: alternanti alternanti:: dubitanti

Plate 10 10

Lib. gloss. gloss. AL AL 327 {ue)Zocius Aen. 4.294: ocius: ocius: (ue)locius

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

58

McCormick Michael McCormick 9.402. Cf. the glosses on Aen. 5.319 and 9.402. Lib. gloss. gloss. OC 77

r f. 108 108r

Aen. 4.303: orgia: orgía: Baccws Baccus Cf. Aen. i4en. 6.517. Ci. Lib. gloss. gloss. OR (Baccanalia dicta); dicta); Corp. gloss, lat. lai. 5.377.21 OR 185 (Baccanalia Cf. Corp. gloss. 5.377.21 (mysteria Bacchi). 4.319: exue: reietta retecta Aen. 4.319: 108" f. 108g frat(er) Aen. 4.325: Pygmalion: frat(er) gloss. PI 76 Lib. gloss. paterentur:: dim difM(i)/tMMtur Aen. 4.340: paterentur (i) ttuntur Gryneus: sol • Aen. 4.345: Gryneus: gloss. GR 190 Cf. Lib. gloss. 190 and next gloss. Aen. 4.345: Apollo: (est) sol The gloss uses the the "insular" "insular" sign for for "est "est". The ". Cf. Introduction, Introduction, 11 and gloss on Aen. 7.241. gloss. AP Lib. gloss. AP 130

109" f. 1091 petra Aen. 4.366: cautibus: Petra Cf. below on Aen. 6.471. 6.471. Cf. gloss. CA CA 1148 Lib. gloss. 109" f. 109ν Lyciae::.a.n.s .a.n.s t(er)ra t(er)ra Aen. 4.377: Lyciae Although the unclear, the second conforms to to the the glosses' glosses' patpatAlthough the first first word word is unclear, tern; cf. e. g. above above on Aen. 3.334 general. Introduction, Introduction, 5. 5. tern: 3.334 and, in general, 110" f. 110f stec.* 4.406: cogunt: stet.* Aen. 4.406: Old High which survived survived the the Old High German German *"stechan stechan".". The The part part of of the the fifth letter which trimming of folio's edge edge occupied occupied the the two-line two-line space space and and isisrounded, rounded, which which trimming of the folio's excludes an h ". From Fromaapalaeographical palaeographical point point of of view, view, the themost mostlikely likely possibilipossibiliexcludes an ""h". ties are "c", "e, "e", and and ""o". Therest rest of ofthe thegloss glosswas waslost lostwith withthe theedge edgeofof ties are "a", "a, "c", o". The 110. f. 110.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

59 59

Aen. 4.415: frustra frustra moritura morítura relinquat: relinquat: sine sine c{ausa) c(ausa) The rest of of this this marginal marginalgloss glosswas waslost lostwith withthe theedge edgeof of f.f. 110. 110. Enough The rest Enough of of the last letter remains remains to be sure it began within the the two-line two-line space. "Relinquat" " Relinquat " is not seen; in is not glossed glossed elsewhere elsewhere in in PP that that II have have seen; in the the glossary glossary tradition tradition itit is is explained by dímittere ", ""linquere", linquere ", " remanere ", "deseri". " desert". Palaeographically, by""dimitiere", "remanere", Palaeographically, "sint" isispossible, "sinet" possible,although although itit isisnot notthe themost mostapt aptexplanation explanation and and we wemight might well well On the the other other hand, hand, several several marginal marginal glosses refer to words expect the subjunctive. subjunctive. On r beyond the line end, and this may be another case (see (see e. e. g. g. f.f. 110• HO» on on 4.429 4.429 or or 112 112r 4.497). "Frustra" on Aen. 4.497). * Frustra " certainly certainly gave gave our our reader(s) reader(s) trouble, trouble, as as the the OHG OHG gloss 5.346 shows, shows, and and the explanation "sine causa" causa" is well attested on Aen. 5.346 explanation "sine attested e. e. g. g. Lib. Lib. gloss. FR 290.

f. 110° 110" Aen. 4.417: carbasus: uelu(m) Aen. 4.417:

See above at Aen. 3.357.

Aen. 4.429: 4.429: ruit: fugit Aen. Aen. 4.432: Latin Latio:: Italia

Cf. below Aen. 7.38. LA 463 Lib. gloss. LA f. illl h rr

Aen. Aen. 4.451: 4.451: conuexa: altu(m)

Cf. the slightly different gloss on Aen. Aen. 6.750. Aen. 4.453: turicremis turicremis:... t(em)p/u(m) Aen. : . . . t(em)plu(m) Aen. 4.454: latices: unctlur(as * Aen. latices : unct{ur}as Theoretically, the feminine derived derived from the the Theoretically, the form form could could be be explained explained as as a feminine neuter "unctum" (cf. V Vaananen, However such a femifemiααnänen, Introduction, Introduction, pp. pp. 102-103). 102-103). However nine form has not, not, to to my my knowledge, knowledge, left left traces traces elsewhere elsewhereininCarolingian Carolingian Latin Latin or or in Romance. Romance. More More likely likely the the glossator glossator has made made aa mistake mistake and and we we have have here here in " unctura " in the Carolingian Carolingian sense " lotion " : cf. cf. e. e. g. g. Louis Louis the the Pious, Pious, Capitulare "unctura" sense of "lotion": Capitulare monasticum, (817.vii.10), ed. ed. A. A. Boretius, Boretius, MGH MGH Capit. Capit. 1(1883). 1(1883). 345.16 345.16 and and monasticism, 22 and 83 (817.víí.10), 349.4. possible palaeographic palaeographic source for P's P's error error could have have been been an an insular insular 349.4. AA possible exemplar which abbreviated the medial "ur" "ur" with an an apostrophe apostrophe (cf. (cf. Lindsay, Lindsay, exemplar which abbreviated the medial Bains, Supplement, Notae, p. 372-373 372-373 and and p. p. 375, 375, as as well as Bains, Supplement, p. 63). Ill" f. 111• Aen. Aen. 4.475: decreuitque: decreuitque: de(fi)mt de(fí)nit The tradition suggest prefThe available available space space and and glossary tradition suggest that this reading is preferable "decernit". erable to "decemit". gloss. DE Lib. gloss. DE 75 75 etc.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

60

McCormick Michael McCormick

f. 112' Aen. 4.494: 4.494: pyram: igne(m) gloss. PI 182 etc. Lib. gloss. 4.497; abolere: abolere: d e/ delere Aen. 4.497: d..... ... e/ This gloss seems to have been written written twice: twice: once once above above the the lemma, lemma, and and This gloss seems have been more clearly clearly in in the the margin. margin. then much more See below on Aen. 7.232. gloss. AB Lib. gloss. ΑB 248 f. 112' 112• Haecaten: dea inferni Aen. 4.511: Haecaten: See also below on on Aen. 4.609, 6.118 and 247. 247. gloss. HE 28 Cf. Lib. gloss. Aen. 4.526: dumis: duoris: dorn. Old High German. German. Old 113' f. 113, nomadumque: Mauror(um) Mauror(um) Aen. 4.535: nomadumque: Cf. same in Oxford, Oxford, Bidl. Bodl. Libr. Libr. Auct. 103r. Cf. Cf. too too Lib. gloss. gloss. Cf. same gloss in Auct. F. 2.8, f.f. 103r. NO 80-81 123 etc. NO 80-81 and NU 123 4.538: iuuat: i(d) i(d) (est) (est) t.. t.. • Aen. 4.538: .

die Aen. 4.540: fac: dic inuisam:: inuid.. Aen. 4.541: inuisam ínuid.. The signs are are uncertain: uncertain: "eo" "eo" isisnot notimpossible, impossible,nor norare areTironian Tironian The last last two signs notes. InInany anycase, case,what whatisiscertain certainsuggests suggeststhat thatthis thisgloss glossidentifies identifiesthe theverb. verb. notes. Cf. Cf. differing differing treatment on Aen. 6.608. Laomedonteae; rex Troianus Aen. 4.542: Laomedonteae: The gloss appears to be followed by by aa slash. slash. The Cf. below Cf. below on Aen. 7.105. Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. LA LA 527 quin:: potius. potius Aen. 4.547: quin Lib. gloss. gloss. QUI QUI 145 Aen. 4.550: 4.550: expertem: insciens msciens Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. EX 902 (nescientes) etc. etc. witam mutat mutat Aen. 4.551: 4.551: degere: uitcm

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

61 61

f. 113• 113'

4.565: praeceps: uelox Aen. 4.565; uelox See above on Aen. 4.253. Aen. 4.577: 4.577: paremus: obedimus obedimus

See above on Aen. 2.607. f. 114r 114'

4.592: expedient: accipiunt Aen. 4.592: accipiwnt Aen. 4.593: diripient: r(a)pieni r(a)pient DI 583 Lib. gloss. DI f. 114• 114'

4.603: anceps: duwius duuius Aen. 4.603: probable but but not certain. The second "" u ""isis probable Cf. above on Aen. 3.47. Lib. gloss. ΑN 62. gloss. AN Aen. 4.605: foros: • tabul{at}a nauium tafeul|at}a namwm There no sign sign of "at". Servius: Stocker There isis no "at". This Thisexplanation explanation does does come come from from Servius; Stocker and Travis, 3.439.1-2; cf. Isidore, Origines, 19, 19, 2, 2, 2, Lindsay, 2. Cf. Cf. in in contrast, contrast, e. e. g. Lib. gloss. FO FO 216 216 (mediae partes nauium, i. e. e. sedilia sedilia nautarum). nautarum). It It also also occurs in in Gud. lat. 70, f. 41 νΒ (tabulata nauium). Note Servius MS MS Bern, Bern, BurgerbiBurgerbiGud. lat. 41vB (tabulata nauium). Note that that the the Servius bliothek bliothek 363 363 (s. íx ix22)) offers aa similar similar erroneous erroneous reading: reading: "tabulas" "tabulas" (Stocker (Stocker and and lic. cit., Travis, loc. cit., app.).

dea in/erni inferni Haecate;: dea Aen. 4.609: Haecate See above on Aen. 4.511. f. 115r 115' nutricia Sichei. Sichei 4.632:: Barcen Barcen:: nutricia Aen. 4.632 This gloss, noteworthy This gloss, which could have been derived from the text itself, is noteworthy for replacing Virgil's Virgil's "nutrix" "nutrix" with the the late late Latin Latin "nutricia".

Aen. 4.636: piacula: mu(n)dationem • Cf. below on Aen. Aen. 6.153 6.153 and above on Aen. 2.140; cf. marginal note cf. also also the marginal of Gud. Gud. lat. 42rA, which (sacrificium): "a "a piando piando lat. 70, f. 42rÁ, which adds to the interlinear gloss (sacrifícium): peccatis". ". id est mundando hominem a peccatis

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

62

McCormick Michael McCormick

f. 115• 115' Aen. 4.656; ulta: (uin)dicta (uin>£Íic/a 4.656: ulta: V

The beginning the edge edge off. of f.115•. 115 . Α A reading "uin" uinThe beginning of of the the gloss was lost with the dicata " seems quite difficult to to reconcile reconcile with withwhat whatisisvisible. visible. dicata" Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. UL UL 13 etc. uagatur '• Aen. 4.666: bacchatur: uagatur Cf. Corp. gloss. gloss, lat. 4.599.4 (peruagatur). (peruagatur). f. 117r 117r Aen. 5.18: spondeat: ((p)romittit ρ) romittit gloss. SP 249 Lib. gloss. f. 117' 117" Aen. 5.25: remetior: Aen.

g., g.. numero

nouisstme Aen. 5.34; 5.34: tandem: nouissime Cf. gloss on on Aen. Aen. 3.309. 3.309. f. 118r 118r Aen. 5.51: Gaetulis: Gaetulis : Grecis The HerePPparts parts company company with with the the 5.351. Here The same gloss occurs below on Aen. 5.351. tradition which which correctly correctly explains explainsthe theword wordwith with"Mauri" " Mauri "oror"Afri" Afriusual glossary tradition cani ".". This This erroneous erroneous identification identification of of the theGaetuli Gaetuli may may stem stem from fromDonatus, Donatus, InterInterpretationes, Georgii, in Gud. Gud. lat. 70, f. 42.3 42VB whereas whereas Laon, Laon, B. Georgii, 1.432.7-10. 1.432.7-10. It recurs in Β. pretationes, M. 468, 45v glosses itit as as "Africanis". "Africanis". M. 468, f. 45° Aen. 5.56: equidem: aetiam Cf. on Aen. 3.315.

Aen. 5.57: delati: directi directi Aen. 5.62: adhibete: iungite' iungite "Abolita gloss. AD AD 252 (adiunge). "Abolita"" AD (adíunge). AD 56; cf. Lib. gloss. 118' f. 118• Aen. 5.77: carchesia; uasn • carchesia: uasa rum).

gloss, lat. 5.617.10, 5.617.10, 585.2; 585.2; cf. ci. Lib. gloss. gloss. CA (genus po[p](c)ulopo[p](c>uloCA 657 657 (genus Corp. gloss.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

63

f. 119f 119r 5.105: Phaethontis: solis Aen. 5.105: soils • Lib. gloss. FE 538 538

f. 120 120rr 5.142: dehiscit: dehiscit: apeniM{r) aperitu(r) Aen. 5.142; Lib. gloss. gloss. DE 558 etc. Aen. 5.144: 5.144: praecipites: ueloces ueloces Aen. 4.253. See above Aen.

121rr f. 121 Aen. 5.193: 5.193: lonioque: Ionioque : mare Aen. 3.211. See above on Aen. See

f. 122 122°r Aen. 5.242: Noto: uento Aen. 5.242:

Lib. gloss. NO etc. NO 276 etc. 1220v f. 122 5.254: praepes: praepes: uelox Aen. 5.254: Aen. uelox Lib. gloss. PR 612 Aen. 5.265: Demoleos: h(omo) Gre(cus) Aen. 5.265: Gre(cus)

Lib. gloss. DE 740 Aen. 5.267: 5.267: cymbiaque: cymbiaque: uas Aen.

Lib. gloss. CI CI 138 138

f. 123 123°r Aen. 5.279: legatiiem Aen. 5.279: nixantem: ' legantem On the spelling, spelling, see On see Introduction, 3. Lib. gloss. gloss. NE 474 etc.; cf. NI 219. Lib. Aen. rodo..ni Aen. 5.280: 5.280: remigio: remigio: rodo..nt Old Old High German. Aen. 5.293: Sicani: Sicilia Aen. 5.293; Lib. gloss. gloss. SI 34 Lib.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

64

Michael McCormick McCormick

f. 123• 123* 5.306; Cnosia: Cnosia; uas/ ínsula insula Aen. 5.306: "Uas" in the themargin. margin.Cf. Cf.bebe" Uas "isiswritten written above above the lemma, ""insula" insula " next next to itit in 6.566. The The source source for forthe thefirst firstmeaning meaningisisunclear. unclear. low on Aen. 6.566. gloss. GN Cf. Lib. gloss. GN 25. uenapulu(m) Aen. 5.307: spicula: ue/ uenapulu(m)

Plate 12 12

Here the glossator appears to have have begun begun to to write write the the gloss glossabove abovethe thelemlemHere ma and and then then started started over over again again in the the margin. margin. On Onthe thespelling, spelling,see seeIntroducIntroducma tion, 3. 3. tion, Aen. 5.310: faleris: faleris : stratura word with with the the early early Here the gloss renders somewhat inexactly the classical word medieval word Cf. e.e. g.g. J.J. F. F. Niermeyer Niermeyer et et al., Mediae latinitatis latinitatislexileximedieval word for for harness. harness. Cf. 1984), p. p. 994. 994. con minus (Leyden, [reprint], 1984), insignem; p(raeλstantem p(rae)5íantem insignem: Cf. above on Aen. 1.625. Aen. 5.313: 5.313: terreti terreti:: limatum Aen. 5.314: abito: ibis Ci. Lib. gloss. gloss. AB 161 etc. ΑΒ 161 Cf.

Nisus: h(omo) Aen. 5.318: Nisus; , A (puer). 44•Α Cf. Gud. lat. 70, f. 44

Aen. 5.319: ocior: uelocior Cf. gloss on Aen. 4.294.

124r f. 124' Diores: homo) h(omo) Aen. 5.324: Díores: gloss. DI 520 Cf. Lib. gloss. Aen. 5.332: 5.332: titubata: scranculon Mn. Old High German. German. Old

fi mo: mist Aen. 5.333: fimo: German. Old High German. 5.358. Note Note that that Gud. Gud. lat. 70, f. 44•Α 44^ renders renders the same See below on Aen. 5.358. thought in Latin Latin (in (in stercore stercore bouis). bouis).

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

65 65

f. 124• 124*

frustra: arangbo Aen. 5.346: frustra: Aen. 4.415. Old High High German. German. This 4.415. Old This word is is glossed glossed in Latin above above at Aen.

Greci 5.351: Gaetuli: Greet Aen. 5.351: Aen. 5.51. See above on Aen. See

immane: maxime Cf. above above on on Aen. 1.347. Cf. Aen. 5.354: labsorum : cadentium 5.354: labsorum: Aen. 2.463 on "" labo ". Cf. above above on Aen. Cf. Lib. gloss. LA 112 etc.

Aen. 5.358: 5.358: fimo; fimo: mist Old High German. German. Cf. Aen. 5.333. Old High Cf. above above Aen.

5.360: Danais: Grec{i)s Grec(i)s Aen. 5.360: DA 81 Lib. Lib. gloss. DA 5.361: egregium: excelsum Aen. 5.361: 5.362: confecti: confecti: p(er)fect(i) p(er)fect{i) Aen. 5.362:

Corp. Corp. gloss, gloss. lat. lat. 4.221.35 uinctis:: ligatís ligatis 5.364: uinctis Aen. 5.364: See See above on Aen. Aen. 1.337. 125* f. 125• Aen. 5.392: Aen. 5.392: Eryx; Eryx: rex

Plate 13 13

Cf. Aen. 5.630. Cf. differing differing gloss below on Aen. Aen. 5.399: 5.399: equidem: ego Cf. Lib. (ego quidem) Lib. gloss. EQ 13 (ego r f. 126 1W

Aen. 5.437: nisuque: statu Aen. Aen. 5.423: exuit: exuit: proi(e)cit Aen.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

66 v

126 f. 126° c 5.451; id ac it pP.C. Aen. 5.451: αC•-:: it

Correction toto the Here again again the theannotator annotator intervened intervened twice twice for for the the Correction the text. text. Here same word, word, for the the "t" "t" is written in the the margin margin and and again again above above the the "d "d". See same ". See Introduction, 5.5. f. 127rf 5.467; diremit: seperauit seperauit • Aen. 5.467: letter could couldbe be"e" "e" or or"a", "a", but but "e" "e" looks looks more morelikely. likely. Cf. IntroThe fourth letter 3. duction, 3. Cf. below on Aen. 7.227. gloss. DI Lib. gloss. DI 580 Aen. 5.481: humi: t(err)ae t(err)ae gloss. HU 37 etc. Lib. gloss. f. 127° 127' Aen. 5.488: 5.488: traiecto: traiecto : ligato Aen. Aen. 5.501: depromunt: leuant Aen. depromunt : leuant f. 128r 128r

speculatus: uidit Aen. 5.515: speculatus: Lib. gloss. gloss. SP 75 etc. f. 128° 128'

homo) Aen. 5.537: Cissaeus: h(omo) gloss. CI CI 395 Cf. Lib. gloss. f. 129r 129'

insula Aen. 5.565: 5.565 : Thracius: insula 129' f. 129° PCAen. 5.586: specula pc 5.586: spicula spicula c.: specula

Ill-founded correction; cf. Introduction, 5. 5.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

67

f. 130Τ 130r i(d est) est) Troianae Troianae 5.613: Troades; Triades: i(d Aen. 5.613: f. 130' 1300 Tro(iani) Aen. 5.622: Dardanidum: Tro(iani) Cf. above on Aen. 3.167. Cf. Lib. gloss. DA DA 118 Gre(ca) Aen. 5.623: Achaica: Gre(ca) Cf. above Cf. above on Aen. 2.463. Aen. 5.625: exitio: peccato See above on Aen. 2.131. pater Acestes Acestes 5.630: Erycis: pater Aen. 5.630; The writer does not make the s-t ligature ligature this time. time. Source Sourceunclear. unclear. The writer does Cf. above on Aen. 5.392. Aen. 5.634: Xanthum: flu ... .. . Aen. gloss. XA XΑ 3 etc. Lib. gloss. j3 ~rr f. l. 131

nutrix .a..epa .a..epa Aen. 5.645: Pyrgo: nutrix The first word is repeated repeated from from Virgil. Virgil. The

5.645: conutrix ac : nutrix nutríx pP.C.cAen. 5.645: Correction of "Co" is is crossed crossed out out with with three three dry dry point point lines, lines, two twoofof Correction of text. text. "Co" X, and the the third third of of which which isishorizontal horizontal and and intersects intersects the the point point at at which form an Χ. which they cross; the the technique technique isis similar similar to to that thatused usedabove aboveatat Aen. 3.649. This 3.649. This correction is also the the sole sole dry drypoint pointintervention intervention hitherto hitherto noted notedininthe theliterature: literature: correction Geymonat correction, but erroneously assigned itit to tolate lateantique antiquecorcorGeymonat spotted spotted the the correction, rector PΡ11.. Cf. Introduction, 5. 5. duèt(ae) Aen. 5.654: 5.654: ancipites: ancipites: dubi(ae) on Aen. Aen. 3.47. 3.47. See above on

f. 131' 131' Aen. 5.672: Argiuum Argiuum:: Gre(cum) See above on Aen. 2.393.

5.678: piget: piget: ((p)enitet ρ) enitet Aen. 5.678: Here has drawn drawn a line from the Here the annotator annotator has the first first "e" " e " down down totothe thebow bowofof

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

McCormick Michael McCormick

68

tobe besupsupthe ""p' p "of of "piget" " piget "clearly clearlyindicating indicatingthat thatthe thefirst firstletter letter of of the gloss isis to plied from the lemma. gloss. PI 72 Lib. gloss. Aen. 5.683: fwrnus 5.683: uapor: fumus corpore : nauium nauiwm • corpore: Rare example gloss which which paraphrases paraphrases to to some some extent extent the the text textby by Rare example of of a gloss supplying additional Note that that the the same same gloss gloss appears appears in in Gud. Gud. lat. lat. 70, 70, supplying additionaldetails. details. Note 46vB, and cf. Introduction, Introduction, 5. 5. f. 46νΒ, 132r f. 132r ardua:: loca • Aen. 5.695; 5.695: ardua A second rare example of paraphrase through additional details, on the folio folio Α 5.683. ItIttoo tooappears appearsininGud. Gud.lat. lat.70, 70,f.f.46 46vB. facing the example at 5.683. νΒ. f. 133f 133'

soρ(ο) ratos Aen. 5.743: sopitos: sop(o)ratos Lib. gloss. gloss. SO 272 SO larem:: ignem Aen. 5.744: larem gloss, lat. 5.369.54 Corp. gloss.

consumando Aen. 5.752: ambesa: consumanàa Ci. Corpus gloss. gloss, lat. 5.549.21 5.549.21 (undique (undique esas), 5.165.44 5.165.44 (círcumesas) (circumesas) and and Cf. 5.291.4 (s. i. v. est: est: comedit, comedit, consumit). consumit). f. 134• 134' Aen. 5.824: Phorcique: Phorcique: inferni Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. FO FO 77 (deus maris) maris) or Gud. Gud. lat. 70, 70, f.f. 47• 47VB from Β which comes from Travis, 3.585.1-2. Servius: Stocker and Travis, Aen. 5.825: Thetis: maris Panopeaque; t(er)ra t(er)ra • Panopeaque: f. 1361 136' Aen. 6.2: Euboicis: insu(1) α on Aen. 6.42. See differing gloss below on gloss. EU 39. Lib. gloss. EU 36 and 39. Cumarum; Cumarum: gens gloss. CU in Campania). Campania). CU 112 112 (ciuitas in Cf. Lib. gloss.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

69

Apollo Aen. 6.12: Delius: Apollo Cf. Cf. gloss gloss on Aen. 3.162. welox 6.15: praepetibus: uelox Aen. 6.15: See above on Aen. 5.254.

ensuit: SMMtm. suuim. Aen. 6.16: enauit: Old High German. German. Old 136v f. 1368 monimenta; documenta Aen. 6.26: monimenta:

14 Plate 14

See above on Aen. 3.102. Aen. 6.27: inextrícabilis: inextricabilis: inmeabilis inmeabilis •

Plate 14 14

T.L.L. 7.1(1934-64). 7.1(1934-64). 446 this very very rare rare word léxica of T.L.L. 446 documents this word only in the lexica Tironian notes. circwitus Aen. 6.29: 6.29: ambages: circuitus gloss. AM ΑM 51 Lib. gloss. Aen. 6.35: Triuiaeque: Triuiaeque; Diana Diana Lib. gloss. gloss. TR TR 410 Glauci: NeptuniosAen. 6.36: Glauci: Neptunus gloss, lat. 4.443.51, 4.597.28 etc. (deus marinus/maris). Cf. Corp. gloss. marínus/maris). lectas:: electas Aen. 6.39: lectas gloss. LE 30 Lib. gloss. Aen. 6.42: 6.42: Euboicae: mons Cf. on Aen. 6.2. f. 137r 137r Aen. 6.48: comptae: ornate ornate Cf. Cf. below below on Aen. 8.128. gloss. CO Lib. gloss. CO 541 541 etc. Aen. 6.53: attonitae attonitae;: stwpefactus stupefactus Lib. gloss. gloss. AT AT 47 Paridis: Alexander Alexander Aen. 6.57: Parídis: Aen. 6.69: Triuiae: Dianne Dianae

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

70

Michael McCormick Cf. above above on Aen. 6.35. Cf.

f. 138* 138r Αeκ. 6.94: 6.94: externique: p(o)p(u)li Aen. externique; p(o)p(xi)\\ Αeκ. 7.68. Cf. below on Aen. 6.97: reris: estimas Aen. 6.97; estimas •• Cf. differing differing explanation explanation on Aen. 3.381. 3.381. Cf. RE 1398 Lib. gloss. RE Cymaea: ciuitas Aen. 6.98: Cymaea: CI 143 Lib. gloss. CI

6.104: inopina: oponentem Aen. 6.104: The apparent case-ending seems problematic. The

Aen. 6.107: palus: flum(en) Lib. gloss. PA 230 230 (loqua (loqua acquosa acquosa...); ...); cf. cf. too too Gud. Gud. lat. lat. 70, 70, f.f. 48 Cf. Lib. gloss. PA 48vA νΑ (fluuius). inferno Acheronte: •• inferno AC 136 Lib. gloss. AC

f. 138* 138" Aen. 6.118: Hecate: dea m/(erni) inf(erni) Cf. above above on Aen. 4.511. Aen. 6.120: fretus: secu{r)us secu (r)us Cf. below on Aen. 9.676. Aen. 6.121: Pollux: Ρο11υχ: h(omo) •• Aen. 6.122: Thesea: Thesea: aenus The meaning unclear to to me. me. The meaning of this gloss is unclear Aen. 6.127: Ditis: inferni 6.127: Ditis: See also belοω, below, Aen. Aen. 6.269. Cf. Lib. gloss. DI DI 1169-1170. f. 139* 139r Aen. 6.142: 6.142: Proserpina: dea dea inferni •• Cf. below on Aen. Αeκ. 6.251 6.251 and 402. Corp. gloss, lat. lat. 4.421.1 Corp. gloss.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

71 71

Aen. 6.150: 6.150: incestat: incestati inquinat inquinai Cf. Lib. gloss. IN 167 (quoinquinat) (quoinquínat) Ct. IN 167

consulta: interrogata Aen. 6.151: consulta: Cf. below on Aen. 9.322. Lib. gloss. CO CO 1639 Aen. 6.153: piacula: piacula: mundationem Cf. above on Aen. 4.636. f. 139Ν 139v Aen. 6.178: 6.178: congerere: congerere: (con)gregare (con jgregare lai. 4.37.33, 4.37.33, 4.223.47, 4.322.17 Corp. gloss. gloss, lat. 140rr f. 140 6.195: opacat: Aen. 6.195: opacat; densat

fauces: ripam Aen. 6.201: fauces: Aen. 6.205: 6.205: uiscum: mistal Old Old High German. 140v f. 140' Aen. 6.209; 6.209: crepitabat: crepitabat : tremulai tremulat Cf. differing differing gloss above on Aen. 3.70. Cf.

Aen. 6.213: suprema suprema:: nouíssima nouissima Lib. gloss. SU SU 905 Aen. 6.215: pyram: igne(m) Aen. Cf. above Cf. above gloss gloss on Aen. 4.494. Aen. 6.218: ignés et ae«(e)a 6.218: ladees latices et aena: ignes aen(e) α Appears to paraphrase of of text. text. Appears to be be a kind of paraphrase Aen. 6.228: 6.228: Corynaeus: h(omo) • Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. CO CO 2206. 2206. 141' f. 141r Plate 15 15 Aen. 6.247: 6.247: Hecaten: dea dea inferni uxor Plutonis See above on Aen. Aen. 4.511. 4.511. Cf. Fulgentius Fulgentíus Mythographus, Mitologiarum libri libri 1898), 22.9-16. 22.9-16. R. Helm (Leipzig, 1898), tres, 1,1, 10 ed. R. 6σ www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

72

Michael McCormick McCormick Hereboque: infernum

15 Plate 15

Cf. Cf. gloss gloss on Aen. 6.671. gloss. HE 115 115 Lib. gloss. Aen. 6.250: Eumenidum: infernu(m) Aen. infernu(m)

15 Plate 15

Cf. on Aen. 6.280. Cf. the the differing gloss on Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. EU 183. EU 183. Aen. 6.251; dea inferni inferni-• 6.251: Proserpina: dea Aen.

15 Plate 15

See above on Aen. 6.142; cf. also 6.247. 6.247 f. 141• 141» Aen. solum: t(er)ra t(er)ra Aen. 6.256: solum: See above on Aen. 3.27.

Aen. 6.265: 6.265; Chaos: infernu(m) infernu(m) Aen. Cf. Corp. gloss. gloss, lot. lat. 4.103.18, 4.531.54. in Gud. Gud. lat. 70, f.f. 49vÁ. 49vA. Same gloss in infern(i) ~ ) me Phlegethon: flum(en) infern( letters are visible after the meaning meaning of of which which escapes escapes me. me. No letters are visible after the last two, the Cf. below on Aen. Aen. 6.551. 6.551. Cf. gloss. FL 175 175 Lib. gloss. Aen. 6.269: Ditis: in(ferni) in(ferni) • Aen. Cf. above Here we wehave havean anad adhoc hocabbreviation abbreviation similar similar to to 6.127. Here Cf. above on Aen. 6.127. "homo", "Troianus" at Aen. those developed for "homo", " Troianus "and and"Greens". " Grecus ".ItIt recurs recurs below at 6.551. Cf. Introduction, 1.1. 142» f. 142° Aen. 6.280: ultrices Aen. 6.280: Eumenidum: ultrices Aen. 6.287: Briareus: Briareus: /ili{us) Aen. filius) Terra{e) Terra(e) The same explanation occurs occurs in in Gud. Gud. lat. lat. 70, 70,f.f.49vÁ. 49vA. The II, 67, ed. P. KulcsYr, CCL 91C(1987). 91C(1987). 149.2-11. Mythographus Vaticanus Vaticanus II, Kulcsár, CCL Cf. Mythographus belua: serpens serpens Isidore, Origines, Origines, 11, 11, 3,3, 34, 34,Lindsay; Lindsay; Servius Servius Auctus: Auctus; Servii grammatici grammaticiqui qui Isidoτe, feruntur in in Vergilii VergilaAeneidos Aeneidoslibros librosvi-viii vi-viii commentarii 1883). feruntur commentarti ed. G. G. Thilo, Thilo, 2(Leipzig, 2(Leipzíg, 1883). 50.25-51.1.

in fern ( ~ ) pa/Zwdjis} infern{\) Lernae: pallud{is}

Possibly double consonant, consonant, on on which whichphenomenon, phenomenon,IntroIntroPossibly misspelled misspelled with double

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

73

duction, 3. Thefirst firstletters lettersof of"inferni" * inferni " appear appear to be written the last last ones ones of of duction, 3. The tob written over over the "palludis". word, see see below below on on Aen. 6.803. " palludis ". For For aa different different gloss on the same word, 6.803. gloss. PΑ PA 231 231 etc. Lib. gloss. 144* f. 144° Aen. 6.402: Proserpina: Proserpina: dea dea inferni inferni Cf. above on Aen. 6.142.

Aen. 6.413: 6.413: cumba: nauis gloss. CU Lib. gloss. CU 116 r f. 145 145°

plora/us Aen. 6.426: uagitus: ploratus gloss, lat. 4.294.26 Corp. gloss.

Aen. 6.429; 6.429: acerbo: amaro Lib. gloss. gloss. AC AC 129

f. 145* 145° Phaedram: mulier Aen. 6.445: Phaedram: muller gloss. FE 101. 101. Cf. Lift, Lib. gloss. f. 146 146*f Marpesia: Petra petra Aen. 6.471: Marpesia: petra cautes: Petra See above Aen. 4.366.

f. 146* 146° co«gre{ Aen. 6.489: phalanges: congre( The end the word word is is not not visible, visible, in in part, part, possibly, possibly, because because of the the folio's folio's The end of the gutter. "Congre(gatio>" is is aapossible possiblerestitution, restitution, especially especially given given the theglosses' glosses' gutter. "Congre(gatio)" this word: word: cf. e. g. on Aen. 2.496 and 7.17. 7.17. fondness for this

Aen. 6.493: exiguam: exiguam : paruam See above on Aen. 4.212.

cooperientem Aen. 6.498: tegentem; tegenteen : cooperientem Corp. gloss. gloss, let. lat. 4.396.21

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

74

McCormick Michael McCormick

r f. 147 147f

Aett. 6.517: orgia: misíeria Aen. mistería Aen. 4.303. Cf. differing gloss on Aett. Lib. gloss. gloss. OR (mi[ni]steria) OR 184 (mí[ni]stería)

f. 147' 147" Aen. 6.537; fatu{m) 6.537: fors: fatum) on Aen. Aen. 2.94. 2.94. See above on Aett. 6.551: Phlegethon: flum(en) ñum(en) inf(erni) infierni)Aen. Note the ad ad hoc hocabbreviation abbreviationofof""ínferni inferni"* (Introduction, (Introduction, 3), 3), and and cf. above on Aen. 6.265 and 269. 269. Αen. 148" f. 148f Aen. 6.555: Tisephoneque: dea

Aen. 6.562; 6.562: orsa: incepta incepts gloss. OR OR 298 Lib. gloss. Cnosius; uas was Aen. 6.566; 6.566: Cnosius: Αen. 5.306. See above on Aen.

Rhadamantus : fluuius Rhadamantus: Source unknown. 148" f. 148° tardus Aen. 6.578: 6.578: praeceps: tardus Here the glossator gives an antonym. antonym. See SeeIntroduction, Introduction,5.5. Here Cf. Aen. 4.253. Cf. above on Αen. Aen. 6.580: Titania: Titania: gigant.. gloss, lat. 4.397.19 Corp. gloss. Aen. filius Terrae Terrae 6.595: alumnum: filius Αen. 6.595: "Terra" the Virgilian Virgilian context. context. "Terra" supplied from the Lib. gloss. gloss. AL AL 410 etc. f. 149g 149' Aen. 6.605: luxυ luxu:: uoluptas Cf. Lib. gloss. gloss. LU 462 (luxuríosus). (luxuriosus). Aen. 6.608; 6.608: inuisi: odiosi

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

75 75

Cf. differing on Aen. Aen. 4.541. Cf. differing gloss above on 4.541. Lib. gloss. gloss. IN 1994 Lib. 1994 etc. etc. Aen. 6.609: 6.609: clienti: clienti: nutri/ws Aen. nutrítus Note the rendering which which aptly aptly translates translates aa classical classical reality reality into into an an early early Note the rendering medieval social from the the master's master'stable. table. medieval social setting, setting, in in which which dependents dependents might might eat from Cf. e.e. g. Vita Karnli, Karoli, praef., ed. G. Waitz Waitz and and O. O. Holder-Egger, Holder-Egger,MGH MGHSRG SRG Cf. g. Einhard, Vita praef., ed. (Hannover, 66 1911), 1911), 1.2. 1.2. (Hannover, 150' f. 150• Aen. 6.671: 6.671: Èrebi: Aen. Erebi: inferni Aen. 6.247. Cf. above on Aen. 6.247. Aen. 6.676: 6.676: iugum: mons Aen. iugum: mons Lib. gloss. 108 etc. Lib. gloss. Ill IU 108 Aen. 6.682: 6.682: recensebat: numera(bai) Aen. recensebat: numera(bat) The ending given with the Tironian Tironian note note at at the theend endofofaavery verylong longextenextenThe ending is is given with the sion "a". The Thepoint pointexpected expectedabove abovethe the sion downwards downwards of of the the slanted slanted stroke stroke of of the "a". sign " b " to toindicate indicate the thethird thirdperson personsingular singularisisnot notvisible. visible. sign for for "b" Lib. gloss. gloss. RE 56 Lib. 56 f. 151r f. 151r Aen. 6.705: 6.705: Letheumque: mortis mortis Aen. Cf. Aen. 6.714. Cf. below on Aen. 6.714. Cf. Lib. 280 Lib. gloss. gloss. LE 280 Aen. 6.714: Lethaei: fluminis flumtnis.... Aen. 6.714: 287? Cf. Lib. Lib. gloss. gloss. LE 287? ...

.

f. 151. 151' f. Aen. 6.722: 6.722: equidem: similiter similiterAen. Cf. word, above above Aen. Aen. 3.315. Cf. differing differing glosses glosses on on the same word, 3.315. f. 152r 152' f. Aen. 6.750: conuexa: excelsa Aen. 6.750: Cf. above on Aen. Aen. 4.451. Cf. 4.451. 152' f. 1520 Aen. 6.763: 6.763; Siluius: Siluius: filius filius ... Aen. The first letter after after ""filius" has aa long long descender. descender. The fi lius" has ...

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Michael McCormick

76

morte(m) postuma: p(os)t morte(m) The first first word is unclear and the second The second letter letter very very faint faint and and susceptible susceptibletoto differing interpretations. interpretations. This mitigates the the significance differing This circumstance circumstance mitigates significance of the the abbreviation, which which would would point Notae, abbreviation, point totoAnglo-Saxon Anglo-Saxon connections: connections: Lindsay, Lindsay, Notae, Supplement, p. p. 31. 31. AAligature " toto""t". t ". pp. 193-194 and Bains, Supplement, ligaturejoins joins" r"r" PO 551 551 etc. Lib. gloss. PO 6.764: serum: tardum tardum Aen. 6.764; SE 493 etc. Lib. gloss. SE

6.773: Gabios: n(omen) h(ominum) h(ominum) Aen. 6.773: The second second abbreviation abbreviationisis the the ad ad hoc hoc one for ""homo", homo', which which II have renThe rendered in in the the plural plural to to fit fit the the context. context. The dered The resolution resolution of the "n " n "isisconjectural. conjectural. Aen. 6.777: Mauortius: baellator See above on Aen. 3.13. 3.13.

mater: ma(ter) Romuli Aen. 6.778: '1ia Ilia mater: 153r f. 153'

6.798: Caspia regna; regna • Aen. 6.798;

mare mare

CA 852 Cf. Lib. gloss. CA Aen. 6.803: Lernam Lernam:: infern(um)

Cf. differing differing gloss above on Aen. 6.287. Cf. Aen. 6.805: Nysae: Nysse : India Lib. gloss. NI 137 and 139 NI 137 f. 154' 154r Aen. 6.836: triumphata triumphataCapitolia Capitolia:•

ss sedes regis sedes regis

Aen. 6.843: 6.843: Libya: Libya: ((A)/rica Α)frica Cf. Cf. gloss gloss on Aen. 1.527. f. 154' 154• Aen. 6.858: 6.858: Poenos: Affricanos Αffricanos • On Introduction, 3. On this this quirk quirk in in the the glosses' glosses' spelling, see Introduction, Cf. Lib. gloss. PE 353 353 etc.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

77 77

f. 156 156Fr 7.2: Caieta: Cajeta: nom(en) Aen. 7.2; nom(en) CA 77-78. Cf. Lib. gloss. CA

Circea: dea Aen. 7.10: 7.10: Circea: Cf. below on Aen. 7.191. Aen. 7.17: saetigerique: bura(s)ieM bura(s)ten 7.17: saetigerique: Old High HighGerman. German. The Old The "s" is is quite quite uncertain898 .

'.

156' f. 156"

Aen. 7.26: 7.26: bigis: bigis: qui duos equos equis hab{e)t hab(e)t

Cf. Lib. gloss. BI 83. 7.34: mulcebant: placabant Aen. 7.34: MU 36 36 etc. Lib. gloss. MU

Aen. 7.38; 7.38: Latin Italia Latio:: /talia See above on Aen. 4.432. See

Aen. 7.39: appulit: adduxít Aen. adduxit •• See above on Aen. Aen. 3.338. See

Aen. 7.40: expediam: explana(m) pala(m) Aen. See See above on Aen. 3.379.

f. 157rf Aen. 7.55: Ausonia: t(er)ra alienu(m) Aen. 7.68: externum: alienu(m) Aen. 6.94. Cf. Cf. above above on Aen. Lib. 1228 etc. Lib. gloss. gloss. EX 1228

7.69: agmen: agmen : multitudo Aen. 7.69: Aen.

Lib. Lib. gloss. gloss. AG AG 123 123 etc. 89

89

II am am grateful grateful totoHartwig HartwigMayer Mayer for forhis hisadvice advice on on this this point. point.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

78

McCormick Michael McCormick

f. 157v Aen. 7.90: fruiturque: trubot trufeoi Old High German. German. Old f. 158rf Aen. 7.105: Laomedontia: Troiam Troiam Cf. above on Aen. 4.542. apertum Aen. 7.115: 7.115: patulis: apertum gloss. PA 861 Lib. gloss. f. 158' accisis; consu(m)ptis coMsu(m)ptis Aen. 7.125: 7.125: accisis: gloss. AC Lib. gloss. AC 225 moliri: fingere Aen. 7.127: molíri: Aen. 7.129: exitiis; peccatu(m) peccatM(m) 7.129: exitiis: See above on Aen. 2.131. 159' f. 159r

Aen. 7.144: rumor: fama gloss. RU 131 131 Lib. gloss. Aen. 7.153: augusta: h{a)buMdantia h( α)bundantia

f. 159' 159• 7.165: lacessunt: Aen. 7.165: lacessunt : multant tatum Aen. 7.174: 7.174: omen: fatum curia: c(on)gregatio c(on)gregatio caeso; occiso Aen. 7.175: 7.175: caeso: Cf. above on Aen. 2.166. Cf. 160' f. 160r .4eM. 7.187: lituo lituo:: tuba Aen. Rare example of "cc" "cc" for for "a" "a". Rare Lib. gloss. gloss. LI 571 etc.

Aen. 7.188: ancile: scutum

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

79 79

AN 76 etc. Lib. gloss. gloss. AN 7.191: Circe: Aen. 7.191; Circe: dea See above on Aen. 7.10.

Aen. 7.198: Ausonium Ausonium:: Italia Cf. differing gloss above on Aen. 7.55. Cf. differing

AU 376 376 etc. Lib. gloss. AU

caerula:: unda caerula unda •• 160° f. 160" 7.208: Threiciam Threiciam Samum: Samum: insula Aen. 7.208: The The gloss is placed over the first first word. word.

SA 318 318 etc. Lib. gloss. gloss. SA

Aen. 7.213: 7.213: Fauni: Pani Pant 7.222: Mycenis: Aen. 7.222: Mycenis: ínsula insula Could this this error error have have arisen arisen from e.g. Lib. gloss. "" Mic[ic]onus Mic[ic]onus " Could e.g. misreading misreading Lib. (MI 25) for MI MI 20 20 (Micenas)? (Micenas)? (ΜI

Aen. 7.227: dirimit: deseperat An ""i" i" is possible in in the the first first syllable syllablebut but"e" "e" looks looks more more likely. likely. This This appears appears Väänänen, Introduction, Introduction, p. p. 95 95 and Introducto be a case case of ofsupercomposition: supercomposition; cf. Vaananen, tion, 3. Aen. 5.467. Cf. above Aen.

f. 161 161'r Aen. 7.232: non delebitur delefcitur • 7.232: (nec) (nec) abolescet: non See above on Aen. 4.497. expertus:: cognitus 7.235: expertus Aen. 7.235: Lib. gloss. EX 912 souls Apollo: dens deus solis Aen. 7.241: Apollo;

Cf. gloss above on Aen. Aen. 4.345. Cf. Aen. 7.242: Numici: lacus lacws Aen. 7.242: fontis uada sacra Numici: is written written in inthe theouter outermargin marginnext nexttoto" "Numici Numici".". The gloss is

Lib. gloss. gloss. VA VA 29

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

80 80

Michael McCormick

161' f. 161f Aen. 7.246: portât tamqu íamqu{am) 7.246: gestamen: gestaren: portat (am) Aen. Creases obscure word's final final letters. letters. Creases obscure the second word's Aen. 3.286. 3.286. Cf. gloss on Aen. Aen. 7.247: capellM(m) Aen. 7.247: tiaras: capellu(m) The first letter is the least certain; certain ; the the diagonal diagonal of of "a" " a "isisclear, clear,asasisisthe thelong long The tongue "e", which whichtouches touchesthe the"1" "1"asaselsewhere. elsewhere.These Theselast lastconsiderations considerations tongue of the "e", lead me to read in in this this way way (cf. ""chapeau"), chapeau "), rather than the the ""pilleur" pilleum " we might lead expect. Cf. e. g. Lib. gloss. TI TI 22 and Mittellateinisches Mittellateinisches Wörterbuch Wòrterbuch 2.2(1969). 2.2(1969). 209209Lib. gloss. 210. 210. 161' f. 16 1• Aen. 7.261: Aen. 7.261:sperno: sperno:temno tern) Cf. also marks. Cf. also below Appendix 33 on dry point marks. gloss. SP SP 134 134 etc. Cf. Lib. Lib. gloss. Aen. 7.276: staíim Aen. 7.276: extemplo: statim 4.173. See above gloss on Aen. Aen. 4.173. f. 162'

Aen. 7.663: Hiberas: Hiberas: Span(i)a Span(í)a Aen. 7.663: Lib. gloss. gloss. HI HI 29 29 etc. Lib. f. 162• 162' Aen. sonitus Aen. 7.677: 7.677: fragore: sonitus I can distinguish only two the first first curves curves and and two vertical vertical strokes strokes at at word end end:: the is surely stroke of of the the "u"; " u " ;the thesecond secondcould couldrepresent representa acareless carelesssecond second is surely the first stroke far and and so so long long that thatitit seems seems better better to to read read stroke to the same letter, but it is rather rather far "-us". "-us. Lib. gloss. gloss. FR 39 39 Lib. f. 166' 166' Aen. 8.6: 8.6: effera: fera Aen. "Abolita" 15; Corp. 4.231.10, 4.510.1. 4.510.1. "Abolita" EF 15; Corp. gloss, gloss. lat. lat. 4.60.35, 4.60.35, 4.231.10, f. 166' Aen. 8.35: 8.35: demere: derere: tollere Aen. 2.775. See gloss above on Aen. Aen. 2.775.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

81

f. 168• 168' ornamenta captti{s) 8.128: (uitta) (uitta) comptes: comptos: ornamenta capiti(s) Aen. 8.128; Cf. differing Cf. differing gloss above on Aen. 6.48. gloss, lat. 5.279.26 (honoratus [ornatus?] [ornatus ?] capite capite uel nel compositus). compositus). Cf. Corp. gloss. f. 169f 169' Aen. 8.140: auditi Aen.

auditisP·inauditis

correction. One One of of the the enigmatic enigmatic marks, marks, resembling resembling the the Tironian Tironian note note for for Correction. (de) written above above the corrected word. SeeIntroduction Introduction 44 and and 5,5,and andbelow, below. (de) is is written the corrected word. See Appendix 3. 3. f. 181g 181' Aen. 8.696: sistro: tuba tuba Aen. The final letter appears to be an open open "a" "a". The Possibly deduced from Isidore, Isidore, Origines 5, Lindsay? Lindsay? Cf. Cud. Gud. lat. lat. 70, 70, Possibly Origines 18. 18, 3, 5, f. 62νΒ 62vB (genus tube). tube). f. Ι86 186' Aen. 9.201: Opheltes: pat(er) Euriali Euriali

16 Plate 16

f. 188' Aen. 9.305: habilem habilem:: leuem Aen. f. 169r. 169'.

Corp. gloss. gloss, lat. 5.299.33, Oxford, Bodl. Libr. Auct. Auct. F. F. 2.8, 2.8, 5.299.33, 5.364.30; 5.364.30; also also Oxford, Bodl. Libr.

9.313:: inri ta:: respwens ínrita Aen. 9.313 respuens

Hyrtacides: Nisus Aen. 9.319: Hyrtacides: Aen. 9.322: consule: custodi" custodi' The itself. Cf. above on Aen. 6.48. The gloss derives from the verse itself. 189' f. 189* Aen. 9.325: Rhamnetem Rhamnetem:: h(omo) Aen. Aen. 9.329: temere temere:: p(rae)sumtione p(rae)sumtio«e Aen. On Introduction, 3. 3. On the the spelling, see Introduction, "Abba" TE 16; ci. gloss. TE 158. "Abba" cf. Lib. gloss.

Aen. 9.344: Fadumque: h(omo)

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

82

Michael McCormick McCormìck

f. 190° 190v

9.402: ocius: uelocius Aen. 9.402: mcIocìms 4.294 and 5.319. See above on Aen. 4.294 Aen. 9.411: conicit: p(ro)iic\X p(ro)iicit

70, f. 65vA. 65νΑ. Same gloss in in Gud. Gud. lat. 70, f. 191° 191' Aen. 9.441: setius: tardius

This isis the the common Lib. gloss. SE SE 195), not "secThis common gloss for "segnius" "segnius" (e. g. g. Lib. 195), not us/setius ". us/setius ". 9.447: eximet: diritti Aen. 9.447: dimit/o

Tithoni: uxor uxor sous Aen. 9.460: Tithoni: soils f. 194r 194'

9.564: Iouis Aen. 9.564: louis armiger: armiger Iouis louis The meaning meaningof of this this gloss gloss is is not as an an aid The not clear: clear: perhaps perhaps itit is intended intended as aid to construing the sentence.

195 g f. 195'

adnue: adiuue Aen. 9.625: adnue: f. 196'

securí Aen. 9.676: freti: securt See above on Aen. 6.120. f. 203r 203' Aen. 10.145: Capys; Capys: h(omo)

Líb. gloss. CA CA 627. 627. Cf. Lib. f. 226' 226° Π. Aen. 11.346: 11.346: libertarem libertaremac°-: libertatem f :

The " t " written above the the erroneous erroneous "r." " r. " The word word is corrected by a dry point "t"

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

83 83

1 : MISCELLANEOUS MISCELLANEOUSMARGINALIA MARGINALIA APPENDIX 1: This section in which which they they occur occur the the marginalia marginalia which which are are This section lists lists in in the the order in not directly relevant explanation of the page page of of Virgil Virgil on on which which they they not directly relevant to to the explanation of the appear. 67r lower margin: margin: Triuia Triuia S.D S.D f. 67r are stylus stylus trials. trials. Presumably these are r

f. 68*: 68 : in no(mine) d(omi)ni nostri Ih(su) Ih(su) Xp(ist)i Xp(ist)i

Plate 2

This biblical invocation invocation (Acts (Acts 4, 10, 11 Cor. 5, 4. Ephes. 5, 5, 20, 20, 22 Thess. 3, 6) is is 4, 10, 5, 4, 3, 6) written rather clumsy clumsy rustic rustic capitals capitals of ofthe theninth ninthcentury centuryacross across1.1.19 written in rather 19 of this blank folio separating books books 11 and and 2. 2. The special emphasis script and and its its position position between books 11 and 22 of the Aeneid evoke the In nomine" nomine " formuformuAeneid evoke the use use of similar '"In las for the the beginning beginning of ofmany manyCarolingian CarolingianMSS, MSS, e.e.g.g.Bischoff, Bischoff, Schreibschulen, Schreibschulen, las for 2.289 s. v. v. On On the capricious abbreviations abbreviations for "nomine" and and "Iesus" "lesus"see seeIntroIntro2.289 s. duction, 1. 1. f. 70•: TO": aa gg stridentis stridentís f. Note inscribed f. 70., which ends with Aen. 2.116. SigNote inscribed in in lower margin of f. Aen. 2.116. nificance unclear. r

109 : Mercurius filius filtus Iouí(s) /oui(s) f. 109*:

Plate 11 11

Written in Page ends ends with with Aen. Aen. 4.370. 4.370. Presumably spurred spurred Written in lower lower margin. margin. Page mention of of Mercury Mercury in in book book 4. by the frequent mention 4. r

f. 126*: 126 : teriti L Written in page ends ends with with Aen. 5.437. The The word is written written Written in lower margin; page Aen. 5.437. with ""eri" "ti" in ligature. eri " and and "ti" r 129r: f. 129 : Mudinus/ Mwdinus/ Framiarius Framiarins f.

The second might also also be read "o". " o ". ItItisispresumably presumably The second letter of the first name might a coincidence coincidence that names are written written in in the the upper uppermargin marginover overthe thewords words that the the names " ante ora parentum ". ". See SeeIntroduction, Introduction, 4. 4. f. 181* 151r (inner between Aen. 6.701 and 703: 703: cross between "ter" "ter" Aen. 6.701 cross between (inner margin) between and ""interea". interea ". This cross marks the the spot spot where where v.v. 702 lacking in P and must must antedate antedate 702 was lacking This missing verse and reference reference marks marks by by the thes.s. ix ix1, ink ink hand. This the addition of the missing hand. This is the only possible possible connection Carolingian ink and the the dry dry connection between between the Carolingian ink annotator and point glosses I have encountered; encountered; palaeographícally, palaeographically, there thereisisno noway waydefinitively definitivelytoto associate disassociate the dry point point cross cross with with the the other otherdry drypoint pointannotations. annotations. associate or disassociate 165v ner. /in nomine ner. /in f. 165•

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

84

Michael McCormick

Here, at at the the end end of book 7, these letters are written written in in rustic rustic capitals. capitals. The Here, book 7, letters are The "LIBER". The The unfinished unfinished invocation first just to to the left of first four letters letters appear appear just of "LIBER". resembles what we we find find on onf.f.68r. 68r.

APPENDIX 2: 2: UNDECIPHERED APPENDIX UNDECIPHERED GLOSSES GLOSSES This isis the the list of glosses II observed but was unable to decipher. Points This Points indicate indicate what appear appear to to be be letters. letters. Space what Space indicates indicates that that there is a space in in which II did did not not detect any any signs signs of letters detect letters and which which may may or or may may not not have have contained contained them them (see (see above, Introduction, Introduction, 1, 1, on on the occasional uneven spacing of above, of letters). letters). Asterisks Asterisksindiindicate that the text of the cate the gloss gloss isisdamaged, damaged, usually usually because because of ofthe thetrimming trimmingofofP's P's folios. The folios. Thereader reader will will note note that that certain certain letters letters (e. (e. g.g. f/s) f/s)are aredifficult difficulttotodistindistinguish, especially especially without without a context, guish, context, and II have have simply simply furnished furnished the the alternative alternative which appeared which appeared most probable probable under under the conditions conditions in in which which IIobserved observedthem. them. The reader reader should should further further bear bear in in mind mind that that I have compared the following transThe transcriptions and and originals originals with with the lexical lexical material material and and other other glosses of the same lemcriptions lemmas in P as well as as those those appearing appearing in in Gud. Gud. lat. lat. 70 70 and and have have consciously consciously refrained refrained from proposing identifications based based on on the the convergence from proposing identifications convergence of aa few few uncertain uncertain letletters. For 3.421 ""barathri" read""p ters. Forinstance, instance,on onf.f.95", 95", Aen. 3.421 barathri " IIread p .....um"; um " ; II was was unable unable to see the to the abbreviation abbreviation signs and and additional additional letter letter traces traces which which would would justify justify aa reading *'p(ro)fu(n)dum tradition. Such reading p(ro)fu(n)dum * suggested suggested by by the glossary tradition. Such aa reading reading was in my opinion possible, not probable and therefore this gloss appears in the the followfollowing list of undeciphered undeciphered annotations. annotations. 57rT Aen. 1.297 Maia: n... Μα~α: .t. s; Aen. 1.308 inculta: f. 57 inculta; ..n... r as.ot..*; Aen. 1.337 1.337 purpureo: ..«sca; Aen. 1.323 maculosae: .ar. Aen. 1.337 1.337 58*Aen. 58 .ar. as.ot..*: ....sea; Aen. cotur* *: ...a.; Aen. 1.338 Punica: cotur**: lusit: dí...t 58 di...t 58"vAen. Aen. 1.352 lusit; 59*r Aen. Αen. 1.373 uacet: ...am 59 r 61*Aen. Aen. 1.461 sunt: s.. 61 Αeκ. 1.490 (Am)azonidum: ..hel.. hel.. 61" 6 1" Aen. 62'Aen. n.a... 62* Aen. 1.525 infandos: n n.a rg.; Aen. 1.594 Aen. 1.586 circumfusa; circumfusa: rg.; 1.594 cunctis; cunctis: ....ií ..... 63vAen. Aen. 1.639 ostroque: 64vAen. oο 66' 66* Aen. 1.693 amaracus: ... Aen. 1.740 lopas: Ιορas: .oc.ia. oc.ia. 61' 67r Aen. 1.738 Bitiae: ..pp ;; Aen. v .... i t; Aen. 2.3 dolorem: (Tironian note); Aen. 2.5 2.5 quaeque: quaeque: ...... Aen. 2.2 orsus: ....it; 68 68"Aen. note) ; Aen. 2.8 umida: umida : ..t... t... .. (the last two markings look like Tironian notes); Aen. 2.8 69" Aen. .st... Αeκ. 2.54 laeua: ..si... 71 Αeκ. 2.133 fruges: tr..e 71rr Aen. 74" Aen. Αen. 2.280 expromere: a..tare r 75 (Tironian notes); notes); Aen. Aen. 2.306 2.306 sata: sata: se..g. se..g. 75r Aen. 2.304 ueluti: .. (Tironian 16' Aen. 2.386 Coroebus: _s.. s.. Aen. 2.428 pereunt: pereunt: .... Il' Aen. 2.421 agliitauimus: agli }tauimus: r...uim(us); Aen. ..

.

..

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition

85

78" 78 Aen. 2.467 subeunt: s.... 80r Aen. 2.542 2.542 erubuit·. erubuit: ....n 80rAen. n 81r Aen. 2.601 Tyndaridis: ...Aen. . .; Aen. 2.616 Gorgones: m.n 81r /ten. 2.601 82" Aen. *..nrro.ta Aen. 2.683 2.683 apex: apex:*.. κrrο.tα 82ν 82" Aen. 2.691 deinde: deinde: p.t.s p.t.s 8Υ ..d .. turn; 3.3 Neptunia d.p...; Aen. 86" Aen. 3.2 uisum: ..d tum; Aen. Aen. 3.3 Neptunia Troia: Troia: d.p...] Aen. 3.6 3.2 uisum: 86° Aen. 3.8 aestas: (Ant)andro; -,; Aen. 3.6 molimur: im\ir-,Aen. .u..;Aen. imur; Aen. 3.8 uiros: .u..; (Ant)andro: ;; Aen. 3.15 penates: ..ie..e..a ..te..e..a /.e... in. 3.14 Thraces arant: . (Tironian note?); Aen. 87" Aen. 3.57 sacra: ..ti; Aen. 3.66 cymbia: cymbia; ... 87' 88r 88' Aen. 3.78 tuto: tuto; tr..elestio.e tr..elestio.e r 90 3.165 Oenotri: lenotri: .o 90r4e«. item 3.165 901 Aen. 90" Aen. 3.197 uasto: p..; Aen. 3.205 attollere tantem: tantem: t...r. t...r. p.. ; Aen. 91V Aen. 91" Aen. 3.234 capessant: ..i.. ..i..;Aen. ... (Tironian (Tironian flotes?) notes?) ; Aen. 3.252 Furiarum: ... r 92 ..asp.. ambesas: ..asp 92ry4e«. Aen. 3.257 ambesas; v 92 (Ep>iri: ....la 92'i4eM. lien. 3.292 (Ep>iri. 92' Aen. 3.308 deriguit: deriguit ; ..n ..n it 9Υ Aen. 92" Aen. 3.328 2.228 Hymenaeos Hymenaeos:: cocus. coctis. 93 Aen. r 94 Aen. 3.366 canit: ari 94" Α 9A" Aen. 3.377 tutior: .. 94' 95r 95' Aen. 3.402 Philoctetae Philoctetae;: .no.... 95" p...um 3.421 barathri: p...um 95v Aen. 3.421 96' Aen. situs: n.... n.... s.. 96' lien. 3.451 reuocare situs: 99' Aen. Aen. 3.590 macie confecto: ..ntus; Aen. Aen. 3.593 3.593 inluuies: .g.s 99r 991 99" Aen. 3.614 Achaemenides: .. .usgre 102' Aen. 103r Aen. 4.26 Erebo: p.s .eno 102" .s'... ; Aen. 4.64 exta: i.d.l. 103* Aen. 4.57 bidentis: .st...; 106' /ten. Aen. 4.215 Paris: Paris: p...lj p...Ls v 106 4.251 reget: reget: h....ai h....at 106'AeM. Αen. 4.251 109' Aen. 4.352 quotiefis quotiens:: ;; Aen. 4.367 Caucasus: .es.; Aen. 4.367 Hyrcanae4.367 Ηyrcanae 109r que: p.u.... *1er 110" Aen. Αen. 4.426 Aulide: *.tem 111" Aen. 4.469 Heumenidum Heumenidum:: ;; Aen. 4.478 inueni inueni:: *.... 112v Aen. *br 1121 Αen. 4.526 quaeque lacus: *br 113r Aen. Aen. 4.534 sinedepe,..M/ia 4.534 procos; prods: sinedepe ntia 113r llS'Aen. ad 118 Αen. 5.71 5.71 fauete: ad 120" Aen. 5.159 metamque; 120*Aen. metamque: g 121' Aen. ...«dus; Aen. 5.203 subit: subit: subte Αeκ. 5.187 5.187 aemula: ...ndus; r 122 5.240 Phorcique: q. ...sa; ..sa; Aen. 5.251 5.251 Meliboea: r 122ri4eM. Αeκ. 5.240 122" Aen. Aen. 5.308 ....;Aen. 123V Aen.5.307 5.307 bipennem: bipennem: p..s; p...s; Aen. 5.308 praemia; praemia.....; Aen. 5.309 nectuntur: 5.313 subnectit: subnectit; sub....t; sub....t; Aen. 5.317 5.317 nimbo: nirbo: /f ..g..; Aen. 5.313 124'' 5.359 Didymaonis: 124' Aen. Αen. 5.359 Didyraonis .p....ss 125r Αen. Aen. 5.379 caestus: mir*; mir*; Aen. Aen. 5.384 finis: o.. 125r r 126 ...xit; Aen. 5.432 5.432 uastos: ...plas ...pías 126rAen. /ten. 5.424 5.424 extulit: extulit:....cit; 1261vAeM. 126 Aen. 5.425 innexuit: .e.. r ...cong.* ; Aen. 5.506 plausu: p(er)a.... 127 acerbis; ...cong* p(er)a.... 127Τ Aen. 5.462 acerbis: r 128 5.531 Acesten: .oe... .0e... 128rAe«. Αeιι. 5.531 1281v Aen. 5.536 Trachius: p.. 128 p.. 1301 130v Aen. 5.626 uertitur: ..m..; Ae«. 5.630 Acestes: r rr ..u..; Aen. ...

..

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

86

Michael McCormick

131* Aen. Αen. 5.664 5.664 cuneosque: ..a....; Aen. 5.665 5.665 Eumelus: Eumelus: .co.pa.. u.e 131' .co.pa.. u.e 5.684 nec uíres 131° Aen. 5.684 131" uires (prosunt): .d...at .¿...at 132* Aen. 5.697 5.697 semusta: h.. 132' 134* Aen. 5.783 5.783 quam nec: nec: ¿.d. s.d. 134' 136*r Aen. 6.3 6.3 dente tenaci: ..p...; 6.6 litus: .owa.; .oma.; Aen. 6.10 6.10 secreta secreta SibylSibyl136 ..p...; Aen. Aen. 6.6 lae: a ítal itsd a 137* Aen. Aen. 6.50 6.50 adflata: adflata: . c.ta; Aen. 6.58 6.58 Eacidae: ...u.... ...u.... 137' 137°Aen. Aen.6.78 6.78bacchatur: bacchatur:....../t....g /t....g(the (theword word is is glossed glossed twice: once 137' once above above and and once in the margin) margin) 138° Aen. Αen. 6.118 6.118 praefecit: . sse; Aen. 6.119 6.119 arcersere: ...ar ...ar 138' v 139° Aen. 6.166 6.166 Hectora: ..rs..a; Aen. 6.170 6.170 inferiora jnferíora secutus; secutus: ...a; ...a; Aen. 6.171 6.171 139 Aen. Hectora; ..rs..a; concha: .un. .un. 140'v Aen. Aen. 6.209 brattia: ire tre ;; Aen. Aen. 6.214 6.214 taedis: ....r. 140 141* Aen. Aen. 6.254 6.254 ardentibus extis; extis: ..d.L. ..d.l.. 141' 141° Αen. 6.258 profani: .n.er 141'Aen. 142* Aen. 6.289 Gorgones: s.f....nes 142' 144*ri4e«. Aen. 6.375 6.375 Eumenídum 144 Eumenidum:: ..ra. 144°Aen. Aen. 6.398 6.398 Amphrysia: Amphrysia: 1..MS l us 144' 145° Aen. 6.443 6.443 myrtea: 1..e 145" 1..e 146° Aen. 6.493 6.493 hiantis; hiantis: ...iantís 146' ...iantfs v 147° Aen.6.542 6.542 Elysium: Elysium: .tbts.a .ibis.a 147 Aen. r 148* Aen.6.564 6.564praefecit: praefecit: re.._sit re..sit;; Aen. 6.567 6.567 subigitque: tu...t tu...t;; Aen. 6.571: 148 Aen. 6.571: insuljnsultans: .. ss tans; 148' Aen. 6.595 Tityon: d.... 149*r Aen. Aen. 6.604 6.604 fulcra: fulcra: T-spf..; 'rspi ; Aen. 6.607 6.607 intonai intonat ore: dd .at 149 152*Aen. Aen.6.742 6.742infectum: infectum: ... oο 152' 153*rAen. Aen. 6.802 6.802 Erymanthi: ..st.. st..;; Aen. 6.804 6.804 iuga: iuga: ...s ..s 153 .b t..; Aen. 6.875 6.875 Iliaca: Iliaca: ...n 154' Aen. 6.872 Mauortis: Mauortis; .b r 156 156* Aen. Αen. 7.16 rudentum: s r Aen. 7.63 Laurentis .0 157 Laurentis:: .o... 157*Aen. 159* Aen. 7.144 7.144 agmina: p....; Aen. 7.148 postera: postera: p0-n. pO.n. 159' 7.179 uitisator: uitjsator: ..t..; Aen. 7.182 Martjaque: q.. 159° Aen. 7.179 159'Aen. Maniaque: q.. 160' Auruncos;: ..m. 160* Aen. 7.206 Auruncos r (Tironían notes?) 161* Aen. 7.243 dat: .. (Tironian 161 lólMen. i...p.n. 161° Αen. 7.259 tandem: t...p.n. r 165 juba: . (Tironian note?) 165*Aen. Aen. 7.785 iuba: r Αen. 8.9 urbem; urbem: d...;Aen. d...; Aen. 8.17 8.17 regi: regí: d.. 166 166* Aen. 172' 172* Aen. Αen. 8.294 8.294 Hylaeumque: Hylaeumque: ...a r 174 lacertis;: t.g. 174'Aen. Aen. 8.387 lacertis r 181 181* Aen. 8.695 8.695 rubescunt: eg.. r lustrat: . (Tironian note?) 183 183* Aen. Aen. 9.58 lustrât: v 185 iuuenta:: ..r. ..r. Aen. 9.181 9.181 iuuenta 185°Aen. r 189 189* Aen. Αen. 9.335 9.335 Serranum: .1.. .1 at. 1 ....fa 191 191° Aen. Αen. 9.441 proturbant: ....ia 195' n..ss 9.615 choréis; choreis: .o. n 195* Aen. 9.615 197" portam:: .. 1971 Aen. 9.724 portam r 198 .1.. 198* Aen. Aen. 9.748 auctor: auctor: .l.. 1 200 10.18 potestas: p...s. 200* Aen. 10.18

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Edition Edition

87 87

r

219 Aen. Aen. 11.1 11.1 Aurora: Aurora: ..e;Aen. 11.4 Eu: Eoo: ..re..s• ..re..s219r ..e; Aen. 11.4 r r 228 Aen. 11.434: poscunt; ./ 228 Aen. 11.434: poscunt : .t 256" Aen. p. 256• Α en. 12.946 12.946 ira: ira: p.

APPENDIX 3: 3: MARGINAL MARGINAL AND AND OTHER OTHER MARKS MARKS On these general Introduction, Introduction, 4. 4. InInthis thislist, list,"sign " sign1 "1 "desigdesigOn these marks, marks, see see in general nates a mark mark resembling resembling the the Tironian Tironian note note for for "de" "de"(cf. (cf.e.e.g.g.Kopp. Kopp, Pal. Pal. cri/. 2.95); nates a crit. 2.95); " 22""designates letter "J". " J ". designatesaasign signthat that resembles resembles aa fishhook fishhook or the letter 151" (outer Aen. 6.723: "suspicit" 151v (outer margin) margin) Aen. 6.723: horizontal horizontal line line next next to to "suspicit" v 152 large circle, circle, next next to to Aen. Aen. 6.772 6.772 152"(outer (outermargin) margin) mark mark followed followed by by aa large lóíK 160r (outer (outer margin) Aen. 7.185: 7.185: X X next next to to "claustra" "claustra" v 160 (lower margin) margin)below below 160`"(inner (innermargin) margin)Aen. Aen.7.212: 7.212:XXnext next to to "secutus"; "secutus"; (lower 7.230 ""cunctis": cunctis " : aa sign sign resembling resembling an an elongated elongated figure figure88 with withdots dotsininthe themiddle middleofof 7.230 each bow each bow r 161 7.231 : X 161F(outer (outer margin) margin) Aen. 7.231: X next next to to "feretur" "feretur" lól" 7.261 : aa large the 161" (interlinear) (interlinear) Aen. 7.261: large X Xappears appearsabove abovethe the"o" "o"of of"temno", "terno", the gloss gloss on on "sperno" "sperno" r 165 marks: atat Aen. 7.789-90 and aa 165r(outer (outer margin) margin) three three marks: 7.789-90small smallXXnext nextto to "Io" "Io" and large X next and extending extending down down to to "bos" "bos" and andatat Aen. Aen. 7.803 small large X next to to that that and 7.803 another another small X " Camilla " X next next to to "Camilla" r 167 1 aligned "docebo" 167F(outer (outer margin) margin) Aen. Αeκ. 8.50: 8.50: sign sign 1 aligned with with "docebo" r 168 (outer margin) margin) Aen. 8.98: 8.98: sign 1 next 168, (outer sign 1 next to to "domorum" "domdrum" r 169 Αeκ. 8.140: 8.140: 11 above above "auditi" "auditi" (cf. (cf. above, above,ad ad locum) leum) 169ΤAen. r 181 8.699: X X next next to to ""Mineruam" 181 r(outer (outer margin) margin) Aen. 8.699: Mineruam " 187r (outer 9.241 : mark * Pallantea " 187F (outer margin) margin) Aen. 9.241: mark next next to to "Pallantea" v 191 margin) Aen. 9.444: 9.444; XX 191• (outer (outer margin) XX next next to to "turn" "tum" 191y (outer margin) Aen. 9.445: X X next "confossus" Αeκ. 9.445: 191" (outer margin) next to to "confossus" 194v (lower center)...jc 194" (lower margin margin center)....x 210v (upper inside) fu 210" (upper margin margin inside) 218v (lower 10: 44 slanted slanted bars bars 218" (lower margin, margin, inside) inside) end end of of book book 10: 221r (outer margin) Aen. 11.97-8 104; wavy 221r (outer margin) 11.97-8and and 104: wavy marks marks 224" (outer next to to Aen. 11.256 224" (outer margin) margin) sign sign 11 next 11.256 224" sign sign 11 next next to to interlinear interlinear space space between between Aen. 11.260 261 11.260 and and 261 225r (outer (outer margin) margin) sign sign 22 next next to to Aen. 11.279 11.279 225 225v Αeκ. Aen. 11.309 1 next "spem" 11.309(outer (outer margin) margin) sign sign 1 next to to "seem" 226, (outer margin) margin) 11.352-3: 11.352-3: curved curved mark mark 227, (outer (outer margin) margin) Aen. 11.395: next to to "" procubuisse procubuisse"" 11.395: sign sign 11 next 229r (outer margin) Aen. 11.463-5: 229r (outer margin) 11.463-5: two two marks marks r 231 11.553: mark 231rAen. Aen. 11.553: mark above above "et" "et" 234r (outer sign 11 opposite opposite 11.785-6, 11.785-6, sign sign 22 opposite opposite 788 788 and and790 790 234r (outer margin) margin) sign r 239 margin) sign sign 11 next next to to Aen. 12.144 12.144 239' (outer (outer margin) 239" (outer (outer margin) margin) sign sign 11 next next to to Aen. 12.164 12.164 240r (outer margin) 12.199: 12.199; sign sign 11 (outer margin) 7

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

88

Michael McCormick Michael

243Τr (outer margin) sign 2 next to Aeti. Aen. 12.323 12.323 and and 324 243 , 243• (outer margin) 12.353, 365: sign 11 thrice 243 (outer 12.353, 359, 359, 365: thrice v 245" (outer margin) margin) line line 11 and and 8/9: sign 11 twice; line 245 (outer line 16 16 sign sign resembling resembling TironTironian note Pal. crii. crít. 2.90) note for for "" dd " (cf. Kopp, Pal. Aen. 12.808: 12.808: sign 11 253* Aen. 254v (outer margin) line line 5: 5 : sign sign 11

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

BIBLIOGRAPHY BIBLIOGRAPHY

7*7° www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

SIGLA SIGLA

Bibliotheca hagiographica Subsidia = Bibliotheca hagiographica latina latina antiquere antiquae etetmediae mediaeaetatis, aetatis. Subsidia hagiographica, 6. 6, Brussels Brussels 1898-1901 1898-1901 CCL = Corpus Corpus christianorum, christianorum, series serieslatina latina, Turnhout 19541954CCL Cont. Med. Med. = Continuatio Medievalis, CCL Cont. Medievalis, Turnhout 1966C.L.A. Α. Lowe, Codices Cοdices Latini Oxford 1934-1971 C.L.A. = E. A. Latini Antiquiores, Antiquiores, Oxford Corp. gloss. gloss, lat. = Corpus glossiariorum glossiariorumlatinorum, latinorum, ed. G. Goetz, 1888-1923 ed. G. Goetz, Leipzig 1888-1923 Lib. gloss. == See Glossarium Glossarium Ansileubi sive glossarum, Lib. gloss. sive Liber gloss arum, below. Bibliography of below, Bibliography of Primary Sources. Primary MGH historica = Monuments Monumenta Germanise Germaniae histórica Capit. = Capitularia regum Capit. = Capitularía regumFrancorum, Francorum, ed. A. Boretius Boretius and V. V. Krause, Krause, Hanover Hanover ed. A. 1883-1897 Conc. Cone. = Concilia aevi aevi Carolini, Carolini, ed. 1906-1908 ed. A. A. Werminghoff, Hanover 1906-1908 ed. E. Diimmler Epist. = Epistolae, ed. Dümmler et al., Berlin 1887-1939 Berlin 1887-1939 Poet. ed. E. Dümmler et al., = Poetae latini medii mediinevi, aevi, ed. ai, Berlin Berlin 1881SRG = Scriptores rerum rerum germanicarum germanicarumininusum usumscholarum, scholarum, Berlin 1839-1965 Berlin 1839-1965 PL = Patrologiae Patrologiae cursus completus serieslatina, latina, ed. Paris 18441844completus ... ... series ed. J. J.P. P.Migne, ligne, Paris 1864 T.L.L. T.L.L. = Thesaurus Thesaurus linguae linguae latinae, latinae, Leipzig 19001900B.H.L.

.

PRIMARY SOURCES PRIMARY "Abba M. Inguanez and and C. C. J. Fordyce, Fordyce, Glossaria iussu Academice AcademiaeBriBri"Abba ",", ed. M. Glossaria Latina iussu edita 55 (Paris 1931) 1931) 7-143 7-143 tannicae edits "Abolita ",", ed. "Abolita W. Lindsay, Lindsay, Glossaria iussu Academiae Academiae Britannicae Britannicaeedita edita 33 ed. W. Glossaria Latina iussu (Paris 1926) 1926) 91-183 Adrevald of Fleury, Fleury, Miracula Benedicti (B.H.L. de Certain, Certain, Société Adrevald Miracula S. Benedicti (B.H.L. 1123) 1123) ed. ed. E. de Société Paris 1858 1858 de l'histoire de France [96], Paris Lugdunensis opera operaomnia, omnia, ed. 52 (1981) (1981) Agobardi Lugdunensis ed. L. L. Van Van Acker, Acker, CCL, CCL,Cont. Cont.Med. led. 52 Ars Lófstedt, CCL CCL 133C 133C (1982) Ars ambrosiana, ambrosiana, ed. ed. B. L~fstedt, exempta, A. MGH Capit. 1(1883) 250-256 Brevium exempla, A. Boretius, MGH Capit. 1(1883) Cartulaire Gorze, ed. A. A. d'Herbomez, Mettensia, 2, Paris Paris 1898 1898 Cartulaire de Vabbaye l'abbaye de Gonze, Cartulaire A. de Charmasse, Paris Cartulaire de l'Église d'Autun, d'Autun, ed. ed. A. Paris 1865-1900 Cartulaire de Saint-Vincent Saint-Vincent de deMdcon Macon connu sous du livre enchain enchaîné, C. Cartulaire sous le le nom du ~, ed. C. 1864 Ragut, Mâcon 1864 diplomaticusFuldensis, Fuldensis, ed. E.F.J. Dronke, Dronke, Cassel Cassel 1850 Codex diplomaticus ed. E.F.J.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

92

Bibliography

Codex 468. AA Ninth-Century Ninth-CenturyGuide GuidetotoVirgil, Virgil,Sedulius Sedulius Liberal Codex Laudunensis 468. andand the the Liberal Arts, ed. J. J. Contreni, Armarium 1984 Arts, J. Contreni, Armarium codicum codicum insignium, 3, Turnhout, 1984 Codex Laureshamensis, Laureshamensis, ed. K. Glöckner, Glockner, Darmstadt 1929-1936 1929-1936 Codex Vergilianus Vergilianus qui Palatinus appellatur appellaturquam quamsimillime simillimeexpressus, expressus, ed. R. SabbaSabbadini. simillime expressi, expressi, 14. 14, Paris Paris 1929 1929 Vaticanes selecti quam simillime díní, Codices e Vaticanis Commentarli notarumtironianarum, tironianarum, ed. G. G. [= W.] Schmitz, Leipzig Leipzig 1893 1893 Commentarii notarum Confraternitates Sangallenses, Sangallenses, ed. P. Piper, Piper, MGH MGH Lib Libri confraternitatum, Berlin Berlin ed. P. ri confraternitatum, 1884 Interpretationesvergilianae, vergilianae, ed. H. Georgii, 1905-1906 Donatus, Interpretations Georgie, Leipzig 1905-1906 Einhard, Translatio et miracula Ss. Marcellini et Petri, ed. G. Waitz, MGH Scriptores Translaiio et miracula Ss. Marcellini et Petri, Scriptures 15.1 (Hanover 1887) 1887) 239-264 239-264 15.1 Vita Karoli, Karoli, ed. G. Waltz Waitz and and O. O. Holder-Egger, Holder-Egger, MGH MGH SRG SRG 6th 6th ed. ed. Hanover Hanover —, Vita ed. G. 1911 Florus of Lyons, Lyons, Carmina, Dümmler, MGH MGH Poet. 22 (1884) (1884) 507-566 507-566 Floras Carmins, ed. E. Diimmler, Mythographus, Mitologiarum libri Leipzig 1898 1898 Fulgentius Mythographus, Mitologiarum lib ri tres, ed. R. Helm, Leipzig Glossarium Ansileubi Ansileubi slue sive Liber W.M. Lindsay, J.F. Mountford et al., Liber glossarum, glossarium, ed. W.M. Glossarla Latina iussu iussu Academiae AcademiaeBritannicae Britannicaeedita edita 1, Glossaria Latina 1, Paris 1926 Seville, Origines, ed. W.M. Lindsay, Oxford Oxford 1911 1911 Isidore of Seville, Leidrad Lyons, Epistola ad adCarolum, Carolum, ed. E. Diimmler, Dümmler, MGH MGH Epist. 4 (1895) (1895) 542542Leidrad of Lyons, 544 Liber memorialis von Remiremont, Remiremont, ed. E. Hlawitschka Hlawitschka et al., al., MGH Libri memoLiber memoriales von ed. E. MGH Lib ri memo1, Zurich Zurich 1970 1970 riales, 1, Liber traditionum sanciiPetri PetriBlandiniensis, Blandiniensis, ed. A. Fayen, Cartulaire la ville de Liber traditionum sancti Cartulaire de la Gand, 2,1, Ghent 1906 1906 Louis the Pious, Pious, Capitulare monasticum, monasticum, ed. A. Boretius, MGH MGH Capit. Capit. 11 (1833) (1833) 344344349 Moduin Dümmler, MGH MGH Poet. Poet. 11 (1881) (1881) 382-391 382-391 Moduin of Autun, Ecloga, ed. E. Dümmler, VaticanusII, II, ed. P. P. Kulcsár, Kulcsár, CCL CCL 91C 91C (1987) 95-300 95-300 Mythographus Vaticanus Polytyque de de l'abbaye Vabbaye de Saint Saint-Remi Reims, ed. B. Guérard, Guérard, Paris 1853 1853 Polytyque -Remi de Reims, Polyptyque de l'abbé B. Guérard, Guérard, Paris Paris 1844 1844 Polyptyque l'abbé Irminon, ed. B. chartes de l'abbaye Cluny, ed. A. B Bruel and A. A. Bernard, Bernard, Paris Paris 18761876Recueil des chartes l'abbaye de Cluny, ruel and 1903 in ornes omnes b. Pauli Pauli epistolas, epístolas,PL PL 103.9-270 Sedulius Scotus, Collectanea in —, In Donati Donati artem artem ma maiorem, Lòfstedt, CCL Cont. Coni. med. (1977) uorern, ed. B. Löfstedt, med. 40B 40Β (1977) Servian! in Vergilii Vergila carmin carmina commentarli, ai, Lancaster, PA PA 1946; 1946; Serviani in commentarii, ed. E.K. Rand et al., Oxford 19561956Servii grammatici grammatici qui feruntur in Vergilii Vergila carmina G. Thilo and H. H. feruntur in carmins commentarli, commentarii, ed. G. 1881-1887 Hagen, Leipzig 1881-1887 derAbtei AbteiSanct SancìGallen, Gallen, ed. H. Wartmann, Wartmann, et al., ai, Zurich 1863-1955 1863-1955 Urkundenbush der desKlosters KlostersFulda, Fulda, ed. E.E. Stengel, Stengel, Marburg Marburg 1956-1958 1956-1958 Urkundenbush des Verbrüderungsbuchder derAbtei Abtei Reichenau, K. Das Verbrüderungsbuch Reichenau, ed. J. Autenrieth, D. Geuenich and K. MGH Lib Libri memoriales et necrologia, necrologia, n.s. n.s. 1,1, Hanover Hanover 1979 1979 ri memoriales Schmid, MGH P. Vergili Vergili Maronis Maronis opera, opera, ed. M. M. Geymonat, Turin 1973 1973 P. Vergili Maronis Maronis opera opera ed. R.A.B. R.A.B. Mynors, Oxford 1985 1985 P. Vergili

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Bibliography

93

SECONDARY SOURCES SOURCES SECONDARY "Ansileubi glossa glossarium, Virgiliana 11 (Rome 1984) 1984) 188188ri um, "" Enciclopedia Enciclopedia Virgiliana de Angelis, V. "Ansileubi 190 Instrumentalexicologica lexicológicalatina, latina, series A, 6, Turnhout Turnhout 1982 1982 Ars ambrosiana, Instrumenta Autenrieth, J. J. "Litterae Virgilianae. Virgilianae." " Vom Fortleben einer einer römischen rômischenSchrift, Schrift, Vom Fortleben Autenrieth, Schriften des Historischen Kollegs, Vorträge Vortrage 14, 1988 14, Munich 1988 D. A to Notae Notae Latine, Latinae, Cambridge, 1936 1936 A Supplement to Bains, D. G. "Gli "Gli Scholia del Virgilio di Tours Tours e l'esegesi l'esegesi virgíliana virgiliana di di Nonio," Nonio," StuBarabino, G. noniani 9 (1984) 9-31 9-31 di noniani C.H. ""Insular Insular Symptoms in the the Commentaries Commentaries on on Vergíl," Vergil, " Studi medievali medievali Beeson, C.H. n.s. 5 (1932) (1932) 81-100 81-100 Bibliotheca Palatina. Palatina. Katalog Katalog zur Ausstellung vom vom 8. Juli bis 2. November November 1986, 1986, HeiBibliotheca delberg n.d. [1986] [1986] B. Die südostdeutschen Schreibschulen Schreibschulenund undBibliotheken Bibliotheken in der der KarolinKarolinBischoff, B. gerzeit, 2nd ed. Wiesbaden Wiesbaden 1960-1980 1960-1980 gerzeit, —, Mittelalterliche Mittelalterliche Studien, Studien, Stuttgart 1966-1981 1966-1981 in Die Reichsabtei —, Lorsch Lorsch im im Spiegel Spiegel seiner seiner Handschriften Handschriften [also [also published published in Die Reichsahtei Gedenken an ihre Stiftung Stiftung 764, vol. 2], Darmstadt Darmstadt 1977 1977 Festschrift zum Gedenken Lorsch. Festschrift —, Paláographie des rômischen Altertumsund und des abendlándischen Mittelalters, Berrömischen Altertums abendländischen Mittelalters, Palaographie des lin 1979 1979 lin B., and and Lehmann, Lehmann, P. P. ""Nachträge Nachtrâge zu den althochdeutschen althochdeutschen Glossen," Glossen, * BeiBischoff, B., tráge zur Geschichte Geschichte der deutschen deutschen Sprache Spracheund undLiteratur Literatur 52 (1928) 153-170 153-170 träge zur Bishop, T.A.M. T.A.M. ""The The Prototype of the the Liber glossarum," glossarum, " Medieval MedievalScribes, Scribes,MSS MSSand and Essays presented presentedtotoN.R. N.R.Ker, Ker, ed. M.B. M.B. Parkes Parkes and and A.G. A.G. Watson, LonLonLibraries, Essays don 1978, 1978, pp. pp. 69-86 69-86 Handschriften aus Blech, U. Germanistische Germanistische Glossenstudien ausfranzösischen franzòsischen BiblioGlossenstudien zu Handschriften theken, Sprachwissenschaft 4, Heidelberg 1977 1977 Monographien zur Sprachwissenschaft theken, Monographien Kölner historische Boshof, E. Erzbischof von Lyon. Lyon. Leben Leben und undWerk, Werk, Kolner historische Agobard von Boshof, E. Erzbischof Agobard Abhandlungen 17, 1969 17, Cologne 1969 Brunhòlzl, F. Geschichte Geschichte der Literatur des Mittelalters 1975 lateinischen Literatur Mittelalters 1, 1, Munich 1975 der lateinischen Brunhölzl, F. Burckhardt, H. et al., al, ed. Katalog Katalog der datierten datiertenHandschriften Handschriften in der der Schweiz Schweiz inin Burckhardt, H. lateinischer Schrift Schrift vom vomAnfang Anfang des Mittelalters bis 1550, Zurich 19771977Mittelalters bis Buridant, Esquisse de de bilan bilanetetperperBuridant, C. C. ""Lexicographie Lexicographieet et glossographie glossographie médiévales. Esquisse spectives de de recherche, recherche,"" La lexicographie lexicographie au auMoyen MoyenAge, Age, ed. C. C. Buridant, Buridant, LexíLexique 4, Arras Arras 1986, 1986, pp. pp. 9-46 9-46 Burmeister, K.H. K.H. Sebastian Mü Mimster. eines biographischen biographischenGesamtbildes, Gesamtbildes, κster. Versuch Versuch eines 91, 2nd ed. Basel Easier beitrage beitràge zur Geschichtswissenschaft 91, Basel 1969 1969 Basler i braria nella Casamassima, E. Tradizione corsiva ee tradizione tradizionel libraria nella scrittura scrittura latina latina del del Casamassima, E. Medioevo, 1988 Medioevo, Rome 1988 Comparetti, D. D. Virgilio nel medio medioevo, evo, ed. G. G. Pasquali, Florence [reprint] [reprint] 1955 1955 Corbett, Spelling in in Latin Latin MSS," MSS," Studia patristica, patristica, 1, Corbett, P.B. P.B. "Local "Local Variations Variations of of Spelling Texte 1957, pp. pp. 1988-193 1988-193 Texte und Untersuchungen 63, Berlin 1957, Mémoires de ιens de l'Énéide, Courcelle, J. Lecteurs patens païens etetlecteurs lecteurschrét chrétiens l'Enéide, Mémoires Courcelle, P. P. and J. l'Académie belles-lettres n.s. n.s. 4,4, Paris Paris 1984 1984 l'Académie des inscriptions et belles-lettres —,

,

,

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

94

Bibliography

Ellis, R. R. Specimens ofLatin LatinPaleography PaleographyFrom FromMSS. MSS.ininthethe Bodleian Library, Oxford Specimens of Bodleian Library, 1903 Fórstemann, Ε E. Altdeutsches Namenbuch, 2nd ed. Bonn Bonn 1900-1913 1900-1913 Förstemann, Altdeutsches Namenbuch, La fortuna fortuna didiVirgilio, Virgilio, Pubb Pubblicazioni del bimíllenario bimillenario Virgiliano Virgiliano promosse promosse della La licazioni del regione Campania 7, Naples 1986 1986 Gaebel, R.E. Gudianus MSS MSS of of Vergíl," Vergil," Vergilius Vergilius 27 (1981) 5252Gaebel, R.E. "The "The palatinus and Gudianus 56 —, " The Vergilian Manuscripts Manuscripts M, M, PP and R," R, " Classical Texts Texts and andtheir theirTrzaditions. Trzaditions. in Honor HonorofofC.R. C.R.Trahman, Trahman, Chico, CA CA [1984] pp. 59-66 Studies in Ganz, D. " Bureaucratic Shorthand and and Merovingian MerovingianLearning," Learning, " in Ideal Ideal and andRealRealGanz, D. "Bureaucratic in Frankish Prankish and andAnglo-Saxon Anglo-SaxonSociety, Society, ed. P. P. Wormald Wormald et al., al, Oxford Oxford 1983, 1983, ity in pp. 58-75 Gensicke, H. "[Die "[Die Grundherrscha Grundherrschaft der Abtei-] Abtei-] Worms-, Worms-, SpeyerSpeyer- und Nahegau," Gensicke, ft der Reichsabtei Lorsch. Lorsch. Festgabe Festgabe zum zumGedenken Gedenkenananihre ihreStiftung Stiftung Die Reichsabtei 764764 1, Darmstadt 1973, 1973, 437-506 437-506 M. ""Codici," Vegilliana 11 (Rome 1984) 1984) 831-838 831-838 Geymonat, M. Codici," Enciclopedia Enciclopedia Vegilliana —, "Interventi codici vírgíliani," virgiliani," La fortuna fortuna di diVirgilio, Virgilio, pp. 107-124 107-124 "Inte rventi sui più antichi codíci Gill, I.R. The Orthography and other otherLatin Latin Manu Manu-Gill, I.R. ""The Orthography of the Ashburnham Pentateuch and scripts of of the the Late Late Proto-Romance Proto-Romance Period," Period, " Institute ofClassical ClassicalStudies StudiesBulleBulleInstitute of 27-44. tin 23 (1976) 27-44. G. De glossariorum latinorum latinorum origine et fates fatis (= (=Corpus Corpusglossariorum glossariorumlatin latinoGoetz, G. orum 1), 1), Leipzig 1923 1923 scribes du haut moyen âge," âge," La Gribomont, J. ""Conscience Conscience philologique philologique chez les scribes nell'alto medioevo, medioevo. Settimane Settimane di studio del centro centro italiano italiano di di studi studi Bibbia nell'alto di studio sull'alto medioevo 10, 10, Spoleto Spoleto 1963, 1963,pp. pp.601-630 601-630 Hexter, R.J. R.J. Ovid and and Medieval MedievalSchooling. Schooling.Studies StudiesininMedieval Medieval School CommentarSchool CommentarOvid's Ars Amato Amatoria, Epistulae ex ex Ponto Pontoand andEpistulae EpistulaeHeroidum, Heroidum, Mùnri a, Epistulae ies on Ovid's Mtinchener Beiträge Beitrâge zur zur Mediävistik Mediâvistik und Renaissance-Forschung 38, 38, Munich Munich 1986 1986 Holtz, L. L. "" La survie de Virgile dans le haut moyen age, âge, "" Présence de Virgile. Actes Actes Colloque des des 9, 11 11 et et 12 12 Décembre Décembre 1976, ed. R. R. Chevallier, Caesarodunum du Colloque 13bis, Paris 1978, 1978, pp. pp. 208-222 208-222 —, "" Les Atti del del Les manuscrits latins à gloses et aà commentaires, commentaires,"" Il libro ee il testo. Atti Convegno internationale, internazionale, Urbino, Urbino, 20-23 settembre settembre1982. 1982, Urbino 1984, pp. pp. 141HiConvegno Urbino 1984, ló? 167 e —, ""La La redécouverte IXe siècles d'après les manuscrits manuscrits conredécouvert e de Virgile aux VIII VIII° et IX« servés, " Lecturesmédiévales Lectures médiévalesde de Virgile, Collection Collection de serv€s, de l'École l'$cole française de Rome 80, Rome 1985, 1985, pp. pp. 9-30 e —, "Les manuscrits carolingiens carolingiens de Virgile (X XIe siècles)," in La fortuna fortuna di di " Les manuscrits (Xe et XI« Virgilio, pp. 125-149 125-149 Virgilio, Kaufmann, H. Altdeutsche Personennamen,Ergdnzungsband, Ergànzungsband, Munich 1968 1968 Altdeutsche Personennamen, critica 2, Mannheim, 1817, 1817, reprinted as as Lexicon TironianTironianKopp, U.F. Paleographica critica Osnabrück 1965 1965 um, Osnabriick Lathan, R.E., ed. Dictionary of ofMedieval MedievalLatin Latinfrom fromBritish British Sources, London 19751975Sources, P. Erforschungen desMittelalters. Mittelalters.Ausgewñhlte AusgewahlteAbhandlungen Abhandlungen und AufΕ~orschungen des Lehmann, P. satze, Stuttgart 1959-1962 1959-1962 slitze, Liber sacramentorum Augustodunensis, Augustodunensis, Instrumenta lexicológica series A. A. Liber sacramentorum lexicologíca latina, series 1984 21, Turnhout 1984 W.M. Nhtae Notae Latine, Latinae, Cambridge Lindsay, W.M. Cambridge 1915 ,

—,

—,

,

,

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Bibliography

95 95

58 —, ""Vergil Vergil Scholia in in the the Ansileubus Ansileubus glossary," glossary, " American Journal of of Philology Philology 58 (1937) 1-6 1-6 Ancient Lore in Lindsay, and Thomson, St Lindsay, W.M. W.M. and Thomson, H.J. H.J. Ancient in Medieval MedievalLatin LatinGlossaries, Glossaries, St Andrews University Publications 13, 13, Oxford Oxford 1921 1921 über die Sprache Studia latina Löfstedt, B. Lòfstedt, B. Studien tiber Sprache der derLangobardischen LangobardischenGesetze, Gesetze, Studia Upsaliensia 1, 1, Stockholm 1961 1961 Studia latina latina Upsaliensia —,, Der hibernolateinische hibernolateinischeGrammatiker Grammatiker Malsachanus, Studia Upsaliensia 3, Uppsala 1965 1965 Handbuch der der Μ. Geschichte der Manitius, M. der lateinischen lateinischenLiteratur Literaturdes desMittelalters, Mittelalters, Handbuch Altertumswissenschaft 9,2, 9,2, Munich Munich 1911-1931 1911-1931 Quelques apports àà la tradition ancienne du du texte de de Virgile, Virgile, "" Revue Revue Marichal, R. R. "" Quelques 35 (1957[1958]) 1-4 des études latines latines 35 1-4 der Handschrift Handschri f t Ottob. mob. Lat. Lat. 3295 3295 (Bi(BiMayer, H. Die althochdeutschen ~~f felglossender althochdeutschen GGriffelglossen Canadian Studies Studies in in German blioteca Vaticana), Vaticana), Canadian German Language Language and Literature Literature 27, 27, Bern 1982 1982 McCormick, M. M. "An "An Unknown Unknown Seventh-Century Seventh-Century MS MS of of the Lex romana VisigothoVisigothoMcCormick, n.s. 6 (1976) 1-13 rum," Bulletin Bulletin of ofMedieval MedievalCanon CanonLaw Law n.s. 1-13 —, Eternal Antiquity, Byzantium, andand the EarEternal Victory. Victory.Triumphal TriumphalRulership RulershipininLate Late Antiquity, Byzantium, the EarCambridge 1986 ly Medieval MedievalWest, West, Cambridge Merritt, H. H. "Old "Old English Scratched American Merritt, Scratched Glosses Glosses in inCotton CottonMS MSTiberius TiberiusC.u," C.ii," American Journal of Philology 54 (1933) 305-322 Philology 54 "Old High German German Scratched Glosses, 55 (1934) —, "Old Glosses," American Journal of of Philology Philology 55 277-235 territoire de l'ancienne Gaule, Paris Paris 1968M.T. Les noms de personne sur sur le territoire Morlet, M.T. 1985 auteurs classiques aux ΧΙ° et et XΙΡΡ Munk Olsen, B. L'étude des auteurs siècles, Paris Paris 1982Munk B. L'étude aux XI' XII' siècles, 19821989 Prolegomena to University of California Murgia, C. C. Prolegomena to Servius 5: The The Manuscripts, Manuscripts, University California Murgia, Publications, 11, Berkeley Berkeley 1975 1975 Publications, Classical Classical Studies 11, Napier, A.S. A.S. Old English Glosses, Glosses, Anecdota Anecdota Oxoniensia, Oxoniensia, Medieval Medieval and Modern Ser11, Oxford 1900 1900 ies 11, glossa dal dal V V al IX Natale, A.R. scrittura IX secolo," secolo," Studi A.R. "Marginalia; "Marginalia: la la sc rittura della glossa Studi in diCarlo CarloCastiglione, Castiglioni, Milan 1957, pp. 615-630 Milan 1957, onore di Leyden [reprint], 1984 J.F. al.. Mediae Mediae latinitatis latinitatis lexicon lexiconminus, minus, Leyden J.F. Niermeyer Niemeyer et al., Norberg, D. Manuel pratique médiéval, Paris pratique de latin médiéval, Paris 1968 Oexle, O.G. Forschungen monastischen und geistlichen Gemeinschaften im im westwestForschungen zu monastischen lexie, O.G. frànkischen Bereich, Münstersche Mittelalter-Chriften. 31, 1978 Miinstersche Mittelalter-Chriften. 31, Munich 1978 frdnkischen Bereich, 97 (1979) 27-45 Page, R.I. R.I. ""More Old English Scratched ScratchedGlosses, Glosses," More Old " Anglia 97 Paschasius Radbertus, Expositio ExpositioininMatheo, Matheo, Instrumenta lexicológica Paschasius lexícologica latina, latina, series A. 24, 1984 A. 24, Turnhout 1984 Pellegrin, E. et al., Les Les manuscrits classiques classiques latins latins de la Bibliothèque vaticane, vaticane, Paris Paris 1975Pratesi, A. ""Nuove studio della scrittura Pratesi, A. Nuove divagazioni divagazioni per per uno studio scrittura capitale. capitale. II codices Vergiliani antiquiores," antiquiores, " Scrittura civiltà 99 (1985) 5-33 Sc ri ttura e civiltà Prinz, O. Zur Pràfixassimilation Latein, " ím frühmittelalterlichen Latein," Prinz, O. ""Zur Präfixassimilation im antiken und im latinitatismedii mediiaevi aevi 21 87-115 and 23 (1953) 3-28 3-28 Archivum latinitatis 21 (1951) (1951) 87-115 —, ed. Mittellateinisches Wòrterbuch, Munich 1%71967Mittellateinisches Wörterbuch, ,

,

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

96

Bibliography

L.D. "Virgil," "Virgil," Texts Texts and Transmission. Transmission. AA Survey SurveyofofthetheLatin Latin Classics, Reynolds, L.D. Classics, 1983, pp. pp. 433-436 433-436 Oxford 1983, O. Prolegomena ccritica ad P. P. Vergili Vergili Maroni Maronis opera, Leipzig 1986 1986 ri tica ad Ribbeck, O. Riché, R. "Les "Les bibliothèques de trois aristocrates carolingiens," carolingiens," Le moyen âge âge 69 (1963) 87-104 Sabbadini, R. una nuova nuova edízíne edizine di di Virg Virgilio. Vaticano Palatino Palatino 1631 1631 ilio. Il codice Vaticano Sabbadini, R. "Per Per una (P),°" Historia: storici per l'antichitâ l'antichitàclassica classica 1, 57-67 ri ci per (Ρ), Historia: Studi sto 1, no. 4 (1927) 57-67 Savage, J.J. Scholiaininthe theVirgil Virgilof ofTours, Tours, Bernensis 165," Harvard Studies Studiesinin Savage, J.J. "The The Scholia Philology 36 (1925) 91-164 Classical Philology Schmid, K. K. ed. ed. Die Klostergemeinschaft Klostergemeinschaft von vonFulda Fuldaimimfrüheren fruheren Mittelalter, MínMünSchmid, Mittelalter, Mittelalter-Schriften, Munich 1978 1978 ri ften, Munich stersche Mittelalter-Sch —, Gebetsgedenken Gebetsgedenken und und adliges Selbstverständnis SelbstverstàndnisimimMittelalter. Mittelalter.Ausgewählte Ausgewàhlte BeiBeitràge. Sigmaringen träge, Sigmari ngen 1983 Seider, R. "Beiträge "Beitrâge zur zur Geschichte Geschichte und Palàographie antiken VergilhandschVergilhandschPaläographíe der antiken riften," in Studien Epos, ed. H. H. Görgemanns Gòrgemanns and and E.A. E.A. Schmidt, Schmidt, Studien zum antiken Epos, riften," Meisenheim am Clan Gian 1976, 1976, pp. pp. 129-172 129-172 Meisenheím Vaananen, V. V. Introduction au latin vulgaire, vulgaire, Bibliothèque française et romane, A. 6, Väänänen, Introduction au 3rd ed. Paris Paris 1981 1981 Wells, C. Orthographie Approach Approach to to Early Early Frankish Prankish Personal Personal Names," Names," TransTransWells, C. "An An Orthographic of the the Philological Philological Society Society (1972(1973]) 101-164 actions of (1972[1973]) 101-164 G.R. The Latin Glosses Glosses on onArator Aratorand andPrudentius Prudentius Cambridge University Wieland, G.R. in in Cambridge University Library MS MSGG.5.35, GG.5.35. Studies and Texts Texts 61, Toronto Toronto 1983 1983 Library "TheGlossed GlossedManuscript: Manuscript:Classbook Classbook or orLibrary Library Book?" Book?" Anglo-Saxon England England —, The 14 (1985) 153-173 153-173 —,

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

PLATES

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Pl. 1 - Pal, lat. 1631, f. 67r, enlarged (on

.oen. 1.738).

Pl. 22 -- Fa1. Fai. lat. 1631, 1631, f.f. 68r, (see .'ppendix Appendix1). 1). P1. 68r, enlarged enlarged (see

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Pl. 3 - Pal. la-. 1631, f. 68v. enlarged (on Aem. 2.15 aid 16).

t~

ΙΙ\? ? ς'ΝΤ λι 1 Pl. f. 73r, Pl. 44 - Pal. Ρα1. lat. lat. 1631, 1631, f. 73r, enlarged enlar g ed (on (o r. Aen. _len. 2.213). 2 .213).

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Pl. 5 - Ρα1. lat. 1631, f. 73r, ciilarged (on Aen. 2.217).

Pl. 66 - Pal. Pal. lat. 1631, enlarged (Cn (on Aen. Aen. 2.310). 2.310). 1631, f.f. 75r, 75-, enlarged

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

P1. 7 - Pal.

II

I

lat. 1631, f.

/ • *f %

79 ν , enlar~ec ,οη Aea. 2509).

W

A

83ν, enlarged Pi. 88 -- Pal. Pai. 1α-. la:. 1631, 1631, f.f. 83V, enlarged ;on [on Aen. Ae*i. 1725). 2.725). Pl.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Pl. 9 - Pal. lat 1631, f. 91r, enlarged (on Aen. 3.208).

~

l l lt l V'tí % ι ~ ζ

Pl. 10 - Pal. lat. 1631, f. 107v, enlarged (on Aen. 4.287).

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

tv A- -4 X-9 I

.

i-W -* WV*. * ^ '

ωλΝ1ιJ=~~.~Σ L'J l G λ.~~S

LCJW&VMXAl l OkiS ■

L~SLR.Vh OA-V.U 5ÌAV0 . λ~,Σ_υιι Wλλ ~.AI/AVALVI \\:i il i x AJieui....f ΥΧ12- . • / t%11 ζbι UVA i.111..λ ~1 VIM1SIA\JVS\\\XS$Í\Í5J ~ λι$Ζ ‚T" 5f ΚλΙ11 Sλλ ~ .λ.~~~

Pl. H 11 — - Pal. PIPai. lat. 1631, 109r (see (see Appendix Appendix 1). 1). 1631, f. f. 109r

Pl. 12 Pal. lat. 1631, 123v, Aen. 5.307). P1. 12 -- Pal, 1631, f. f. 123 ν, enlarged enlarged (on (on Aen. 5.307).

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

P1. 13 - ΡαΙ. lat. 16 1, f. 125ν, enlarged (on Aen. 5.392). '

Pl. 14 Pal.Ι. lat. 1631, (on Aen. 14 - Pa 1631, f.f. 136v, 136v. enlarged enlarged (on Aen. 6.26 6.26 and and 27). 27). -

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

,l í ?1 λ1 ': ~íC λ \1' λ Sλ \Ik λ;λ. l~ λ) ~11~\ λ lC LC λ ElO~\':E.It λ OQYf ~ Q ;f λE ~ \'f λΝλιι 'O ' Stf:l λς ~cf ' ζ Y Σ llP λ ll λ b fi λ 11 EQl:Sß\ P1. 15 - Pal. lat. 1631, f. 141r (on Aer. ~ .27, 250 aid 251).

οα Aen. Aan. 9.201). Pl. 16 - Pal. Pal. lat. lai. 1631, 1631, f.f. 186r 186r ((oa 9.201). Pl. 16

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

INDEX OF OF GLOSSES GLOSSES INDEX

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

INDEX OF OF GLOSSES GLOSSES

The following following alphabetical glosses respects the the forms forms as as they theyoccur occur The alphabetical index index of glosses or as as they they have have been been reconstituted; reconstituted; on on the themodel modelofofthat thatuseful usefulphilological philologicaltool tool or Instrumenta lexicologica lexicológica latina, latina, series been no no lemmatization. lemmatization. The The Instrumenta series A, A, there there has has been index treats treats only only those those glosses glosses and and marginalia marginalia whose whose decipherment decipherment was wascertain certain index enough to to justify their their inclusion inclusion in in the the edition edition or orAppendix Appendix 1.1. enough gloss gloss

Aen. Aen.

cadenti aa cadenti a duobus a abundans abundans accipiunt accipiunt accusatiuus Grecus Grecus accusatiuus Achiles Achiles adduxit adduxit adflabat adflabat adiuue adiuue aenea alia aenea alla aenus genus aetiam (c/. aetiam (cf. etiam) etiam) Affricanos Affricanos Africa Africa Africanis Africanis Alexander Alexander alienum alienum alio tempore alio altum altum amaro amaro amplexum amplexum animas animas aperio aperío aperitur aperítur apertum apertum Apollo Apollo Appallo deus Appallo arangbo arangbo arbor arbor ardentem ardentem armiger Iouis louis armiger auditis (p.c.) auditis (p.c.) Baccus Baccus

2.9 2.9 2.789 2.789 1.343 1.343 4.592 4.592 2.213 2.213 2.261 2.261 3.338, 7.39 3.338, 7.39 1.591 1.591 9.625 9.625 2.470 2.470 6.122 6.122 5.56 5.56 6.858 6.858 6.843 6.843 1.527 1.527 6.57 6.57 7.68 7.68 2.647 2.647 4.451 4.451 6.429 6.429 1.692 1.692 3.303 3.303 3.314 3.314 5.142 5.142 7.115 7.115 3.75, 6.12 3.75, 6.12 3.162 3.162 5.346 5.346 2.16 2.16 2.685 2.685 9.564 9.564 8.140 4.303 4.303

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

102

Michael McCormick Michael

gloss

Aen.

baellator bellatorius, bellatoria brac... burgsten burasten cadentis cadentium capellum capilli case pastorales cimbala circuitu ornatus circuítus circuitus circumeo cito ciuitas clamantes clara coagulatus cognitus collego congregare congregatio congrregatio coniuncturis conuncturis consumanda consumptis contingere cooperientem cooperíentem corna (p.c.) coma (p.c.) coronae Cretensia culmina cupidi custodi Dardanus homo dea dea inferni dea inferni Plutonis ínferni uxor uu r Plutons définit defínit deiciat deis delebitur (non) (non) delectat delere densat deos deis

6.777 6.777 3.13 3.13 3.178 3.178 7.17 2.463 2.463 5.354 5.354 7.247 2.206 1.421 1.421 3.111 3.111 3.81 6.29 6.29 2.564 2.564 2.145 6.98 3.68 3.68 1.625 3.260 3.260 7.235 3.17 6.178 6.489, 7.174 6.489, 2.496 2.51 2.51 5.752 5.752 7.125 3.670 6.498 6.498 3.649 3.649 1.417 3.115 3.115 1.438 1.438 1.514 1.514 9.322 9.322 3.167 3.167 6.555, 7.191 6.555, 7.10, 7.191 4.511, 4.511, 4.609, 4.609, 6.118, 6.142, 6.142, 6.251, 6.251, 6.402 6.402 6.247 4.475 4.475 4.25 3.2 3.2 7.232 7.232 2.27 2.27 4.497 4.497 6.195 2.514 2.514

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Index of Glosses Glosses gloss

Aen.

deseperat deus deus solis Diana Dianae dic die Dido flectitur Dido diritti dimitió dimittuntur directi dirigere diuisum documenta dominati domus dorn dom dubiae dubitanti dubita.. duos equis habet (qui) duos equos ego electas estimas estimati etiam (see (see also also aetiam) excelsa excelsum explanam explanara explanam explanara palam facula fama fatum fatuus, fatue fera filias Terme Terrae filius filius Achillis filius Ahcillis filius filius Priami Prismi filius solis solís filius Terrae fingere flantem flumen flumen inferni fluminis

7.227 3.212, 6.595 3.212, 7.241 6.35 6.69 4.540 2.1 9.447 4.340 5.57 2.37 2.16 3.102, 6.26 3.102, 3.278 2.312 4.526 5.654 4.287 3.47 7.26 5.399 6.39 6.97 2.25 3.315 6.750 5.361 3.379 7.40 2.694 7.144 2.94, 2.94, 6.537, 7.174 7.174 2.605 8.6 4.179 6.763 2.491, 2.491, 3.296 2.469 2.310, 2.310, 2.526 1.751 6.287, 6.287, 6.595 7.127 2.562 2.562 3.350, 3.350, 6.107 6.265, 6.265, 6.551 6.551 6.714

103

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

104

Michael McCormick

gloss

Aen.

fluuius fluuius flu... fl u... focus frater fugit fugit fumus fumus furor gelum gelum gemens gemens gens gens gens Italie gentes genus genus gigant.. gigant.. Greca Grecas Greci Grecis Grecos Grecos Grecum habundantia haut herba homo

6.566 6.566 5.634 5.634 3.178 4.325 4.325

homo Grecus ibis id est t... ignem ignem ignes et aenea ille fecit Troiam ílle illud imago incepta inclinauerunt

inconsueta increpat India indicantes infernalis

inferni inferno infernum inmeabilis inmunda inperans

4.429

5.683 2.407 2.407 2.472 2.472 2.2 6.2 3.170 3.271 4.262 6.580 2.152. 2.477, 5.623 5.623 2.152, 2.462, 2.477, 2.55, 3.54 1.624, 3.35, 3.35, 3.547, 3.547, 5.351 5.351 1.624, 5.51, 5.360 5.360 5.51, 2.326 5.672 2.393, 5.672 7.153 1.327 1.327 3.85 3.239, 5.318, 5.318, 5.324, 5.324, 5.537, 5.537, 6.121, 6.228, 3.239, 9.325, 9.344, 10.145 10.145 5.265 5.314 5.314 4.538 4.494, 5.744, 5.744, 6.215 6.215 6.218 2.610 3.173 3.173 1.464

6.562 2.505 2.509 4.13 6.805 2.24 3.215 5.824, 6.127, 6.269, 6.269, 6.671 6.671 5.824, 6.107 6.265, 6.803 3.442, 6.247, 6.250, 6.265, 6.27

4.195

1.738

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Index of of Glosses Glosses

105

gloss

Aen. Aen.

inperat inperst inquinai inquinat insciens insciens insula insula

1.632, 3.264 3.264 1.632, 6.150 6.150 4.550 4.550 1.576, 1.622, 1.622, 2.255, 2.255, 3.76, 3.76, 3.124, 3.124, 3.143, 3.143, 1.576, 3.154, 3.271, 3.291, 3.291, 5.306, 5.306, 5.565, 5.565, 6.2, 6.2, 3.154, 3.271, 7.208, 7.222 7.222 3.209 1.415 1.415 6.151 3.300 4.541 3.628 5.451 5.451 4.432, 7.38, 7.198 2.70 5.62 5.62 2.617 2.798 7.242 7.242 3.105 4.51 5.279 5.279 I.337 1.337 5.501 5.501 9.305 9.305 II.346 11.346 5.364 5.364 5.488 5.488 5.313 5.313 5.695 5.695 3.328 3.328 1.581 2.694 2.694 1.347 1.347 5.193, 6.798 6.798 2.209, 3.74, 3.211, 5.193, 2.312, 5.825 3.113 3.113 6.778 4.535 4.535 5.351 1.433 3.157 4.348-70 3.714 3.714 2.15, 2.615 2.31

insulae insulse

insulam insulam

interrogata intro inuideo inuindicata (non) (non) inuindicata it (p.c.) (p.c.) it Italia iterum iterum iungite iungite lupiter lupiter iuuentus iuuentus lacus lacus lecta lecta legans legan legantem legantem legare legare leuant leuant leuem leuem libertatem (p.c.) (p.c.) ligatis ligatis ligato ligato limatum limatum loca locus locus loquitur loquitur lumen lumen maior major mare mare maris mater Iouis louis mater mater Romuli Romuli mater Maurorum Maurorum maxime mei mel mensurauimus mensurauimus Mercurius filius louis Iouis Mercurius metatarum (p.c.) (p.c.) Minerua mirati

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

106

Michael McCormick

gloss

Aen. Aen.

mist mistal misteria mons mops mons Cretae moriturus mors mortalis mortem (post) (post) mortis Mudinus // Framiarius mulier multant multitude multítudo loquens in potum multum loqueas mundabunt mundationem

5.333, 5.358 6.205 6.517 3.105, 3.274, 6.42, 6.676 3.171 2.408 4.169 3.139 6.763 6.705 5.553 6.445 7.165 7.69 1.536 2.140 4.636, 6.153 4.259 4.551 6.413 5.683 2.85 2.419, 6.36 9.319 2.217 3.268 7.2 6.773 2.171 3.14 6.213 1.629, 3.309, 5.34 6.682 5.25 2.549 4.632 3.50 4.193 6.609 5.645 5.645 4.577 2.607, 4.238 1.429 2.725 2.166

muros mutât (uitcm) mutes (uitam)

nauis muis nauium nauíum nece pece Neptunus Nisus nodis Nohti nomen nomen hominum nomen Palladis nomen regis nouissima nouissime numerabat numero nuntiare nutricia Sichei nutriendum nutrire ri re nut nutritus nutrix (p.c.) nutrix (p.c.) obedimus obedire obscenis obscura occisis

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

Glosses Index of Glosses gloss

107

Aen.

occiso oc ciso odiosi offerimus offenmus offertis oponentem opponunt ornamenta capitis ornate ostensum palludis inferni Pani paruam pascentes pater Acestes Didonis pater Didonís pater Euriali peccato peccatum peior peíor penitet percutitur percutítur perditio peregrinus peregrínus perfecti perforare petra Petra Pirri Pirrí Pirrus Pi rus Pirum placabant ploratus poenae populi portans portaas portas portât tamquam portat potius praestantem praesumtione presta primum proiecit promittit promíttit prosternimus punire rapient

7.175 6.608 3.547 4.50 6.104 2.444 8.128 6.48 2.680 6.287 7.213 4.212, 6.493 3.538 5.630 1.621 9.201 5.625 2.125, 2.131, 7.129 1.347 5.678 4.249 2.131 3.11 5.362 2.38 4.366, 6.471 3.333 2.263 2.549 7.34 6.426 3.407 6.94 3.286 2.612 7.246 4.547 5.310 9.329 4.51 2.795 5.423 5.18 2.398 3.5 4.593

ioιο www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

108

Michael McCormick McCormick Michael

gloss

Ae". Aen.

recepta reiecta replet requies (p.c.) respuens rex rex Troianus ripam rodo..nt rodo, .nt rota rugítum rugitum sacerdos sagum sancta scranculon scripta scutum securi securus sedes regis seperauit sepulchrum sepulturam serena serpens Sicilia Sicilia signum super caput signum similia similiter sine causa sol sol (est) solicitat solicitât sous solis sonaras sonans sonitus sonitus pinarum soporatos sordidare explicatur Spania specula (p.c.) sperare sponte spinte stare statim statu

1.555 4.319 4.319 3.471 3.393 3.393 9.313 4.196, 5.392 4.196, 4.542 6.201 5.280 2.204 2.204 1.422 2.317 3.484 3.484 2.365 2.365 5.332 5.332 1.640 2.175, 7.188 2.175, 9.676 6.120 6.836 5.467 5.467 3.62 3.62 2.203 6.287 5.293 3.468 2.232 2.232 6.722 6.722 4.415 4.6, 4.345 4.6, 4.345 3.343 5.105 3.70 3.70 7.677 3.361 5.743 2.55 2.55 7.663 7.663 5.586 5.586 3.381 2.279, 2.279, 3.155 3.155 3.7 4.173, 4.173, 7.276 5.437

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

109 109

Index of of Glosses Glosses gloss

Aen. Aen.

stec.** stec. ** steland. stratura stupefactus summitas domi summitas terre suntea suntea suscitata sustinet sustínet suuim. tabulata nauium nauíum tabulata tardius tardum tardus temno terni templi templum temtant tensis tensís terra terra

4.406 4.406 4.171 4.171 5.310 5.310 6.53 6.53 2.444 2.444 4.246 4.246 3.182 3.182 4.178 4.178 4.247 4.247 6.16 6.16 4.605 4.605 9.441 9.441 6.764 6.764 6.578 6.578 7.261 7.261 2.410 2.410 2.761, 4.453 4.453 2.761, 2.443 2.443 3.263 3.263 3.27, 3.304, 3.304, 3.27, 5.825, 6.256, 6.256, 5.825, 5.481 5.481 2.781 2.781 3.50 3.50 4.25 4.25 2.775, 3.153, 2.775, 3.153, 3.208 3.208 6.209 6.209 1, end 1, 2.798 2.798 3.359 3.359 7.105 7.105 3.183 3.183 5.613 5.613 5.622 5.622 2.339, 2.426 2.426 2.339, 7.90 7.90 7.187, 8.696 8.696 7.187, 4.67 4.67 1.578 1.578 4.666 4.666 5.267, 5.306, 5.306, 5.267, 5.77 5.77 5.144 5.144 5.319 5.319

terrae Tiberis Tibe~s tog tog tollat to llat tollere trahunt extra extra trahunt tremulat Triuia Triuía Troia Troia nate Troia Troiam Troíam Troiana (id est) Troianae (id Troiani Troiani Troianus Troianus trubot tuba uagans uagans uagat uagat uagatur uas uasa ueloces ueloces uelocior

3.334, 3.401, 3.466, 4.377, 4.377, 3.334, 3.401, 3.466, 7.55 7.55

8.35 8.35

6.566 6.566

www.torrossa.com - For non-commercial use by authorised users only. License restrictions apply.

110

Michael McCormick

gloss

Aen. Aen.

uelocius uelox uelum uenapulum uenenum uento uentus uidit uigilia uindicta uinum Ulix